annotate etc/NEWS @ 51442:4c41fd813bd1

*** empty log message ***
author Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
date Tue, 03 Jun 2003 23:35:20 +0000
parents 31bb2083978b
children 96facfc71511
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
51133
8eb2d4a0fe7f *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 51077
diff changeset
1 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2003-05-21
49407
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
2 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 See the end for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6 For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
41749
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
8 Temporary note:
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
9 +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
10 --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
11 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
46034
29c0705b3531 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46028
diff changeset
12 so we will look at it and add it to the manual.
41749
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
13
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
14
44724
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
15 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.4
41099
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
16
49347
4e87b41641d9 Mention Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents: 49341
diff changeset
17 ** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk'
4e87b41641d9 Mention Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents: 49341
diff changeset
18 when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.0 or newer.
4e87b41641d9 Mention Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents: 49341
diff changeset
19
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
20 ---
44431
dbbff2e791e6 Emacs can be built without sound.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44418
diff changeset
21 ** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
dbbff2e791e6 Emacs can be built without sound.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44418
diff changeset
22
47616
fb782cfe9a36 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 47537
diff changeset
23 ** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with elisp code.
fb782cfe9a36 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 47537
diff changeset
24
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
25 ---
41099
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
26 ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
27 `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
28 installed programs.
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
29
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
30 ---
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
31 ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
44857
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
32 scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
33 place for game scores to be stored. This may be controlled by the
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
34 configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
35 to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access
44996
dbde822f9021 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44972
diff changeset
36 to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
dbde822f9021 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44972
diff changeset
37 in each user's home directory.
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
38
42216
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
39 ---
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
40 ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
41 You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
42 Emacs with Leim.
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
43
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
44 +++
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
45 ** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
46
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
47 The ELisp reference manual in Info format is built as part of the
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
48 Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
49 Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
50 accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
51
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
52 ---
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
53 ** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
54 the distribution.
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
55
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
56 This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
57 together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
58 item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
59 (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
60
49549
99be3a1e2589 Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49530
diff changeset
61 ** Support for Cygwin was added.
99be3a1e2589 Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49530
diff changeset
62
42990
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
63 ---
43925
c770b7554015 Document support for AIX 5.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43875
diff changeset
64 ** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.
c770b7554015 Document support for AIX 5.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43875
diff changeset
65
c770b7554015 Document support for AIX 5.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43875
diff changeset
66 ---
41675
30f353761d6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 41623
diff changeset
67 ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
30f353761d6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 41623
diff changeset
68
42990
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
69 ---
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
70 ** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 was added.
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
71
44898
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
72 ---
45195
8572b81e3c30 Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45119
diff changeset
73 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
8572b81e3c30 Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45119
diff changeset
74
8572b81e3c30 Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45119
diff changeset
75 ---
44898
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
76 ** Support for MacOS X was added.
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
77 See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
78
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
79 ---
45667
16708fb2d951 Add Support for x86-64.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents: 45666
diff changeset
80 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added.
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
81
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
82 ---
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
83 ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
84
48027
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
85 ---
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
86 ** A French translation of the Emacs Tutorial is available.
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
87
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
88
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
89 * Changes in Emacs 21.4
48027
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
90
51215
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
91 ** When display margins are present in a window, the fringes are now
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
92 displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
93 at the edges of the window.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
94
51222
083c1ba5b1d9 Fix typos.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 51215
diff changeset
95 ** A window may now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings,
51215
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
96 in addition to the individual display margin settings.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
97
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
98 Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split
51222
083c1ba5b1d9 Fix typos.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 51215
diff changeset
99 horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored,
51215
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
100 or when the frame is resized.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
101
51182
3dd4104b45b6 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 51133
diff changeset
102 ** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default.
3dd4104b45b6 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 51133
diff changeset
103
51133
8eb2d4a0fe7f *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 51077
diff changeset
104 ** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which may
8eb2d4a0fe7f *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 51077
diff changeset
105 speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server.
8eb2d4a0fe7f *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 51077
diff changeset
106
8eb2d4a0fe7f *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 51077
diff changeset
107 ** `describe-char' can show data from the Unicode database file. See
8eb2d4a0fe7f *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 51077
diff changeset
108 user option `unicode-data'.
8eb2d4a0fe7f *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 51077
diff changeset
109
51374
31bb2083978b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 51300
diff changeset
110 ** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo.
50975
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
111
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
112 ** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
113 `file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
114
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
115 ** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold',
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
116 Emacs will prompt her for confirmation.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
117
50897
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
118 ** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'.
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
119
50794
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
120 ** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
121 and other common debugger commands.
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
122
50716
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
123 ** recentf changes.
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
124
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
125 The recent file list is now automatically cleanup when recentf mode is
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
126 enabled. The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
127 automatic cleanup.
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
128
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
129 With the more advanced option: `recentf-filename-handler', you can
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
130 specify a function that transforms filenames handled by recentf. For
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
131 example, if set to `file-truename', the same file will not be in the
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
132 recent list with different symbolic links.
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
133
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
134 To follow naming convention, `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-flag'
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
135 and `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag' respectively replace the
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
136 misnamed options `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p' and
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
137 `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The old names remain available as
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
138 aliases, but have been marked obsolete.
bb0aa4c18cfe *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 50710
diff changeset
139
49799
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
140 ** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
141 from the locale.
49713
f863aaa8296d *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49668
diff changeset
142
48021
1c7fc6ad1178 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47739
diff changeset
143 ** Init file changes
1c7fc6ad1178 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47739
diff changeset
144
1c7fc6ad1178 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47739
diff changeset
145 You can now put the init files .emacs and .emacs_SHELL under
1c7fc6ad1178 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47739
diff changeset
146 ~/.emacs.d or directly under ~. Emacs will find them in either place.
1c7fc6ad1178 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47739
diff changeset
147
50553
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
148 ** partial-completion-mode now does partial completion on directory names.
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
149
51300
0d8a28231554 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51222
diff changeset
150 ** skeleton.el now supports using - to mark the skeleton-point without
0d8a28231554 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51222
diff changeset
151 interregion interaction. @ has reverted to only setting
0d8a28231554 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51222
diff changeset
152 skeleton-positions and no longer sets skeleton-point. Skeletons
0d8a28231554 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51222
diff changeset
153 which used @ to mark skeleton-point independent of _ should now use -
0d8a28231554 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51222
diff changeset
154 instead. The updated skeleton-insert docstring explains these new
0d8a28231554 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51222
diff changeset
155 features along with other details of skeleton construction.
0d8a28231554 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 51222
diff changeset
156
47730
2568d5a27317 Upgraded to mh-e version 6.1.1.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents: 47650
diff changeset
157 ** MH-E changes.
2568d5a27317 Upgraded to mh-e version 6.1.1.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents: 47650
diff changeset
158
50702
7dd3d5eae9c7 Upgraded to MH-E version 7.3.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents: 50607
diff changeset
159 Upgraded to MH-E version 7.3. There have been major changes since
47730
2568d5a27317 Upgraded to mh-e version 6.1.1.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents: 47650
diff changeset
160 version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details.
2568d5a27317 Upgraded to mh-e version 6.1.1.
Bill Wohler <wohler@newt.com>
parents: 47650
diff changeset
161
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
162 +++
49407
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
163 ** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
164 `--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given elisp
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
165 expression and to use the given display when visiting files.
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
166
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
167 ** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process.
47650
5dbc6d83f14d Add info about --eval and --display.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 47621
diff changeset
168
5dbc6d83f14d Add info about --eval and --display.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 47621
diff changeset
169 +++
46736
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
170 ** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode.
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
171 When the file is maintained under version control, that information
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
172 appears between the position information and the major mode.
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
173
47201
f17f344680f2 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47172
diff changeset
174 ** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer
f17f344680f2 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47172
diff changeset
175 against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving.
f17f344680f2 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47172
diff changeset
176
46736
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
177 +++
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
178 ** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
179 for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
180 top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
181 control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
182 set-fringe-style.
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
183
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
184 +++
45426
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
185 ** There is a new user option `mail-default-directory' that allows you
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
186 to specify the value of `default-directory' for mail buffers. This
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
187 directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
188 "~/".
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
189
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
190 +++
46201
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
191 ** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
192 read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
193 want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you will in fact be able
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
194 to alter the file.)
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
195
46787
6f3953a83c05 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46775
diff changeset
196 ** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r)
6f3953a83c05 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46775
diff changeset
197 revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify.
6f3953a83c05 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46775
diff changeset
198
50312
11f0b75d4df1 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50055
diff changeset
199 ** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name
11f0b75d4df1 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50055
diff changeset
200 of a file.
11f0b75d4df1 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50055
diff changeset
201
44876
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
202 ---
49799
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
203 ** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets.
45336
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
204
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
205 Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
206 ps-print, provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF fonts.
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
207 See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
208
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
209 ---
44876
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
210 ** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
211 `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
212 in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
213
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
214 `buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
215 leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
216 If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories will be
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
217 shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
218 and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
219
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
220 `buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
221 the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
222 t, and the status is shown.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
223
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
224 Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
225 the Buffers menu is regenerated.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
226
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
227 +++
44843
4872781b98d4 Customize-face suggesting to customize face under point.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44827
diff changeset
228 ** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
229 now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
230 specified for that character, the commands by default customize those
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
231 faces.
44843
4872781b98d4 Customize-face suggesting to customize face under point.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44827
diff changeset
232
49407
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
233 ** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Windows-1251, Tajik,
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
234 Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6,
49799
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
235 Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian,
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
236 Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW. (Set up
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
237 automatically according to the locale.)
49407
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
238
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
239 ** Indian support has been updated.
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
240 The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
241 assumed. There is a framework for supporting various
49799
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
242 Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
243 supported.
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
244
46936
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
245 ---
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
246 ** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix,
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
247 ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer,
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
248 vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard,
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
249 latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml,
49799
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
250 bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript,
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
251 tamil-inscript.
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
252
46936
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
253 ---
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
254 ** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
255 in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
256 Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
257
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
258 ---
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
259 ** Many new coding systems are available by loading the `code-pages'
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
260 library. These include complete versions of most of those in
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
261 codepage.el, based on Unicode mappings.
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
262
50897
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
263 ** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced.
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
264 By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences (mostly representing CJK
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
265 characters) are simply composed into single quasi-characters. User
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
266 option `utf-translate-cjk' arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
267 character sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
268 Mule-UCS system. This uses significant space, so is not the default.
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
269 You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
270 `ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'. The utf-8
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
271 coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's
50773
b14367118d5a utf-translate-cjk is now called utf-translate-cjk-mode.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 50716
diff changeset
272 one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones.
50897
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
273 The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly.
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
274
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
275 ** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
276 characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
277 fontset appropriately.
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
278
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
279 ** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
280 unicode.
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
281
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
282 +++
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
283 ** Limited support for character `unification' has been added.
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
284 Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
285 the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
286 Unicode mappings. This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
287 sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended. For instance,
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
288 translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
289 mule-unicode-... ones.
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
290
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
291 By default this translation will happen automatically on encoding.
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
292 Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
293 with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
294 possible.
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
295
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
296 You can force a more complete unification with the user option
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
297 unify-8859-on-decoding-mode. That maps all the Latin-N character sets
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
298 into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
299 mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
300 will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding.
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
301
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
302 ** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
303 either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets,
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
304 when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. This is
49887
68ca3f7b109d Fix misspelling of utf-fragment-on-decoding.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents: 49883
diff changeset
305 controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding.
44018
9ebe6b2c13f3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43973
diff changeset
306
48886
f016200d5069 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 48885
diff changeset
307 ** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets
f016200d5069 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 48885
diff changeset
308 coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item
f016200d5069 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 48885
diff changeset
309 (Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this
f016200d5069 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 48885
diff changeset
310 command.
48885
d5393fb79ea2 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 48849
diff changeset
311
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
312 ---
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
313 ** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
43947
348e264952d1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43932
diff changeset
314 On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
348e264952d1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43932
diff changeset
315 amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
348e264952d1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43932
diff changeset
316
44694
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
317 +++
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
318 ** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
319 The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
320 default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
321 cursor does.
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
322
44934
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
323 ** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
324 various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
325 program files that include other program files.
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
326
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
327 Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
328 all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
329 in them.
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
330
43931
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
331 ---
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
332 ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
333 when Emacs visits them.
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
334
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
335 ---
43772
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
336 ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
337
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
338 `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
339 default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
340 automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
341
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
342 +++
47172
dfcd4fdf6fb0 cursor-in-non-selected-windows can now be any cursor type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47158
diff changeset
343 ** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is
dfcd4fdf6fb0 cursor-in-non-selected-windows can now be any cursor type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47158
diff changeset
344 now shown as a hollow box or a thin bar. However, you can control how
dfcd4fdf6fb0 cursor-in-non-selected-windows can now be any cursor type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47158
diff changeset
345 it blinks off by setting the variable `blink-cursor-alist'.
dfcd4fdf6fb0 cursor-in-non-selected-windows can now be any cursor type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47158
diff changeset
346
43626
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
347
43563
1440b9054cb4 Document the changes with compound-text and compound-text-with-extensions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43503
diff changeset
348 +++
45856
eabc9c7b9cdc Fix the wording of Extended Segment support announcement.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45828
diff changeset
349 ** Emacs now supports compound-text Extended Segments in X selections.
43459
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
350
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
351 Some versions of X, notably XFree86, use Extended Segments to encode
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
352 in X selections characters that belong to character sets which are not
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
353 part of the list of approved standard encodings defined by the
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
354 compound text spec. An example of such non-standard encodings is
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
355 BIG5. The new coding system `compound-text-with-extensions' supports
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
356 these extensions, and is now used by default for encoding and decoding
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
357 X selections. If you don't want this support, set
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
358 `selection-coding-system' to `compound-text'.
43459
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
359
43356
ba0eac6c2e94 Mark the new hscroll-related variables as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43353
diff changeset
360 +++
ba0eac6c2e94 Mark the new hscroll-related variables as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43353
diff changeset
361 ** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
43666
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
362 The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
363 the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
364 will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5.
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
365
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
366 The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
367 hscrolling will scroll the window when point gets too close to the
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
368 window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
369 window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
370 many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
371 gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
372
46936
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
373 The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
374 `auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias.
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
375
50553
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
376 ** TeX:
51374
31bb2083978b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 51300
diff changeset
377 *** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default.
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
378 +++
50553
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
379 *** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
44827
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
380 by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
381 command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
382 TeX commands to use at startup.
50553
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
383 *** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
384 and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts.
44827
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
385
50975
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
386 *** New major mode doctex-mode for *.dtx files.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
387
43666
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
388 +++
50509
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
389 ** New display feature: focus follows the mouse from one Emacs window
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
390 to another, even within a frame. If you set the variable
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
391 mouse-autoselect-window to non-nil value, moving the mouse to a
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
392 different Emacs window will select that window (minibuffer window can
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
393 be selected only when it is active). The default is nil, so that this
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
394 feature is not enabled.
43345
1230529aa3ae *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43302
diff changeset
395
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
396 +++
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
397 ** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
398 description various information about a character, including its
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
399 encodings and syntax, its text properties, overlays, and widgets at
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
400 point. You can get more information about some of them, by clicking
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
401 on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET.
43297
48c78f4f57f1 Document describe-text-at.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43263
diff changeset
402
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
403 +++
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
404 ** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
405 search multiple buffers. There is also a new command
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
406 `multi-occur-by-filename-regexp' which allows you to specify the
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
407 buffers to search by their filename. Internally, Occur mode has been
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
408 rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other changes.
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
409
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
410 +++
43433
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
411 ** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
412 is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
413 can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
414 mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
415 also disable mouse highlighting.
43375
7370da6d0364 Document new mouse-highlight variable and associated behaviour.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43356
diff changeset
416
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
417 +++
43238
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
418 ** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
419 an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment,
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
420 font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
421 if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
422 trouble with fontification and/or indentation.
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
423
43100
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
424 +++
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
425 ** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
426 Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
427 variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
428 prompt string.
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
429
43263
6862a1a4bd8e *** empty log message ***
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43245
diff changeset
430 +++
43206
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
431 ** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
432 of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
433 the mode line of the currently selected window.
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
434
43245
6a3915789e36 Describe mode-line-in-non-selected-windows variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43238
diff changeset
435 The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
6a3915789e36 Describe mode-line-in-non-selected-windows variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43238
diff changeset
436 the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
6a3915789e36 Describe mode-line-in-non-selected-windows variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43238
diff changeset
437
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
438 ---
43008
970e7e00f09a Mention "Show/Hide" menu.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43001
diff changeset
439 ** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
440 This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
441 as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself).
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
442 You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
443 it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
444 current date and time, current line and column number in the
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
445 mode-line.
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
446
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
447 ---
43383
d21a74d23497 2002-02-17 Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
parents: 43375
diff changeset
448 ** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
d21a74d23497 2002-02-17 Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
parents: 43375
diff changeset
449
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
450 +++
50897
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
451 ** Emacs can now indicate in the mode-line the presence of new e-mail
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
452 in a directory or in a file. See the documentation of the user option
43009
a3b76a4ebe1c *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43008
diff changeset
453 `display-time-mail-directory'.
43001
eb883dc8e44a display-time can now incicate new e-mail in directory.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42990
diff changeset
454
42822
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
455 +++
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
456 ** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
457 like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
458 as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned. If it is t
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
459 (the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
460 visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry. If this option
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
461 is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
462 to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
463
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
464 This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
465 NEWS.
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
466
42786
66b0f6a32c47 LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42749
diff changeset
467 ---
66b0f6a32c47 LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42749
diff changeset
468 ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
66b0f6a32c47 LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42749
diff changeset
469
43045
39d6853f817c Mark the pc-selection-mode change as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43043
diff changeset
470 +++
43043
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
471 ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
43045
39d6853f817c Mark the pc-selection-mode change as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43043
diff changeset
472 M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
43043
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
473 argument it toggles the mode.
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
474
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
475 Turning off PC-Selection mode restores the global key bindings
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
476 that were replaced by turning on the mode.
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
477
45874
5cce53a1bf6f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45859
diff changeset
478 +++
45565
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
479 ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
480 arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
481 disables the splash screen; see also the variable
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
482 `inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
483 `inhibit-splash-screen').
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
484
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
485 ** Changes in support of colors on character terminals
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
486
42729
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
487 +++
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
488 *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
42749
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
489 mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
490 terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
491 database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
492 set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
493 terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
494 when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
495 in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
496 user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
497
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
498 ---
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
499 *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
500 than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
501 256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
502 the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
503 all of these colors.
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
504
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
505 ---
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
506 *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
507
42749
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
508 +++
42729
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
509 ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
510
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
511 When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
512 `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
513 whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
45119
bb7bdd25e045 --fullscreen options supported on Windows too
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 45022
diff changeset
514 screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
42729
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
515
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
516 ---
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
517 ** Info-index offers completion.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
518
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
519 ---
45694
b31ffbdd8d11 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45692
diff changeset
520 ** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
521 automatically.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
522
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
523 +++
49658
b4b0014862b1 Fix misspelling of `comint-insert-previous-argument'.
John Paul Wallington <jpw@pobox.com>
parents: 49657
diff changeset
524 ** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
525 modes (shell-mode etc) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
526 like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
527 otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
528
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
529 +++
42739
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
530 ** Changes in C-h bindings:
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
531
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
532 C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
533
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
534 C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
535 that do not change:
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
536
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
537 C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
538 C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
539
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
540 The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
541 have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
542
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
543 C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
544
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
545 - C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
546 run by the key sequence.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
547
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
548 - C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
549 command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
550 that command.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
551
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
552 For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
43724
16affaf7292b etags honours #line directives.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43666
diff changeset
553 to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
554
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
555 - C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
556 C-k runs the command new-kill-line
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
557
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
558 - C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
559 kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
560
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
561 - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
562 new-kill-line is on C-k
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
563
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
564 +++
41928
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
565 ** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
566 making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
567 command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior,
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
568 bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
569
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
570 +++
44680
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
571 ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
572 be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
573 `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
574 of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
575
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
576 +++
45565
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
577 ** Occur, Info, and comint-derived modes now support using
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
578 M-x font-lock-mode to toggle fontification. The variable
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
579 `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable fontification,
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
580 remove `turn-on-font-lock' from `Info-mode-hook'.
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
581
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
582 +++
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
583 ** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
584 by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep will automatically
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
585 detect whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
586 When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
587 unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
588 command lines to be used than was possible before.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
589
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
590 ---
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
591 ** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
592 In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
593 check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
594 for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
595 sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
596 its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
597 case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
598
47537
b7761880867f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47506
diff changeset
599 +++
47506
7281e0917f10 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47485
diff changeset
600 ** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer,
7281e0917f10 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47485
diff changeset
601 the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable.
7281e0917f10 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47485
diff changeset
602 You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value"
7281e0917f10 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47485
diff changeset
603 under the "[State]" button.
7281e0917f10 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47485
diff changeset
604
48735
f5f4f758df8e New customization type `float'.
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 48728
diff changeset
605 ** The new customization type `float' specifies numbers with floating
f5f4f758df8e New customization type `float'.
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 48728
diff changeset
606 point (no integers are allowed).
f5f4f758df8e New customization type `float'.
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 48728
diff changeset
607
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
608 +++
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
609 ** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
41923
86ecd07d46fb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41847
diff changeset
610 counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
86ecd07d46fb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41847
diff changeset
611
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
612 ---
42874
95d25103a45e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42867
diff changeset
613 ** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
42830
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
614
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
615 *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
616 information. Fast startup since there is no need to scan all
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
617 source files up front. There is also no need to create and maintain
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
618 lists of source directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
619 and `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
620
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
621 *** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
622 set/clear operations from java source files under the classpath, stack
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
623 traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
624 (gud-finish).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
625
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
626 *** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
627 (Java 1.1 jdb).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
628
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
629 *** The previous method of searching for source files has been
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
630 preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
631 Set gud-jdb-use-classpath to nil.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
632
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
633 Added Customization Variables
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
634
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
635 *** gud-jdb-command-name. What command line to use to invoke jdb.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
636
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
637 *** gud-jdb-use-classpath. Allows selection of java source file searching
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
638 method: set to t for new method, nil to scan gud-jdb-directories for
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
639 java sources (previous method).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
640
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
641 *** gud-jdb-directories. List of directories to scan and search for java
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
642 classes using the original gud-jdb method (if gud-jdb-use-classpath
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
643 is nil).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
644
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
645 Minor Improvements
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
646
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
647 *** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
648
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
649 +++
41620
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
650 ** hide-ifdef-mode now uses overlays rather than selective-display
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
651 to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
652 changes the behavior of motion commands line C-e and C-p.
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
653
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
654 +++
42677
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
655 ** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
656 control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
657 by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
42678
3e3348e192cf *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42677
diff changeset
658 too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
42681
b683f98f263a *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42678
diff changeset
659 doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
42678
3e3348e192cf *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42677
diff changeset
660 special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
42677
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
661
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
662 +++
44477
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
663 ** Dired's v command now runs external viewers to view certain
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
664 types of files. The variable `dired-view-command-alist' controls
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
665 what external viewers to use and when.
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
666
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
667 +++
41596
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
668 ** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
669 the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
670 Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
671 is only rarely needed.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
672
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
673 ---
41337
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
674 ** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
41501
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
675
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
676 If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
42183
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
677 idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For
41501
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
678 example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
679 only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
41337
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
680
43301
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
681 +++
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
682 ** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. If
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
683 you hit M-C-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h (mark-paragraph), or
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
684 C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region will now be extended
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
685 each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC M-C-SPC,
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
686 for example. This feature also works for mark-end-of-sentence, if you
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
687 bind that to a key.
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
688
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
689 +++
44655
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
690 ** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
691 mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
692 region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
693 want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
694 ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
695 command only.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
696
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
697 One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
698 and sets the mark at point. The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
699 This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
700 mark or the region.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
701
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
702 After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
703 deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
704 that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
705 C-g.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
706
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
707 +++
44589
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
708 ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
709 previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... will cycle through the
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
710 mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
711
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
712 +++
42605
32e40100d0de *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42487
diff changeset
713 ** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
32e40100d0de *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42487
diff changeset
714 C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
32e40100d0de *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42487
diff changeset
715 switching to it.
42299
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
716
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
717 +++
42299
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
718 ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
719 all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
720 affects the initial frame.
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
721
41746
6d817b78bf33 Document prefix arg for M-h.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 41730
diff changeset
722 +++
42183
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
723 ** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
724 With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
41748
0302528bddbc Fix wording of the last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41746
diff changeset
725 if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
0302528bddbc Fix wording of the last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41746
diff changeset
726 paragraphs.
41746
6d817b78bf33 Document prefix arg for M-h.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 41730
diff changeset
727
42101
66b4582e344c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42043
diff changeset
728 ** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name
66b4582e344c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42043
diff changeset
729 into the kill ring.
66b4582e344c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42043
diff changeset
730
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
731 +++
42160
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
732 ** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
733 have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
734 directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
735 directory listing into a buffer.
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
736
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
737 ---
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
738 ** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
739 (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
740
48575
691ba5e96011 mwheel.el change.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48501
diff changeset
741 ** Unexpected yanking of text due to accidental clicking on the mouse
691ba5e96011 mwheel.el change.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48501
diff changeset
742 wheel button (typically mouse-2) during wheel scrolling is now avoided.
691ba5e96011 mwheel.el change.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48501
diff changeset
743 This behaviour can be customized via the mouse-wheel-click-event and
691ba5e96011 mwheel.el change.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48501
diff changeset
744 mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables.
691ba5e96011 mwheel.el change.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48501
diff changeset
745
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
746 +++
48899
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
747 ** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
748 current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
749 may mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
750 characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
751 emulator) works. Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
752 keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default)
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
753 or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated
d684f5bc91b8 keyboard-coding-system, optimize-char-coding-system-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48886
diff changeset
754 by the keyboard. See Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'.
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
755
40916
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
756 +++
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
757 ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
41816
51c83c94195a Fix wording of the save-abbrevs feature; from RMS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41756
diff changeset
758 automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save
51c83c94195a Fix wording of the save-abbrevs feature; from RMS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41756
diff changeset
759 modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It
51c83c94195a Fix wording of the save-abbrevs feature; from RMS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41756
diff changeset
760 can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
41820
18047a55e5c7 *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41816
diff changeset
761 according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
40916
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
762
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
763 +++
40729
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
764 ** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
765 of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
766 appears in.
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
767
47172
dfcd4fdf6fb0 cursor-in-non-selected-windows can now be any cursor type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47158
diff changeset
768 ** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any
dfcd4fdf6fb0 cursor-in-non-selected-windows can now be any cursor type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47158
diff changeset
769 of the recognized cursor types.
49549
99be3a1e2589 Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49530
diff changeset
770
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
771 +++
40686
b6d0ce452871 Document the changes in the default values of tooltip-delay and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40637
diff changeset
772 ** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
b6d0ce452871 Document the changes in the default values of tooltip-delay and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40637
diff changeset
773 were changed.
b6d0ce452871 Document the changes in the default values of tooltip-delay and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40637
diff changeset
774
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
775 ---
40614
ac10bd51a000 Change of normal-erase-is-backspace-mode on terminals.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40575
diff changeset
776 ** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
ac10bd51a000 Change of normal-erase-is-backspace-mode on terminals.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40575
diff changeset
777 now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.
ac10bd51a000 Change of normal-erase-is-backspace-mode on terminals.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40575
diff changeset
778
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
779 ---
44718
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
780 ** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
781 controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
782 attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
783
46736
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
784 +++
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
785 ** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar.
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
786 Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
787 `diary-block' or `diary-cyclic' now take an optional parameter MARK,
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
788 which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
789 how to highlight the day in the calendar display. Specifying a
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
790 single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
791 day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
792 face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations,
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
793 appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp.
11f94cbe273f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46687
diff changeset
794
44199
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
795 ** VC Changes
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
796
46456
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
797 *** The key C-x C-q no longer checks files in or out, it only changes
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
798 the read-only state of the buffer (toggle-read-only). We made this
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
799 change because we held a poll and found that many users were unhappy
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
800 with the previous behavior. If you do prefer this behavior, you
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
801 can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your .emacs:
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
802
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
803 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only)
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
804
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
805 The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist.
af0b2d3d6ef8 Add entry for C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 46401
diff changeset
806
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
807 +++
44199
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
808 *** There is a new user option `vc-cvs-global-switches' that allows
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
809 you to specify switches that are passed to any CVS command invoked
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
810 by VC. These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
811 means they are inserted before the command name. For example, this
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
812 allows you to specify a compression level using the "-z#" option for
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
813 CVS.
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
814
50975
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
815 *** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
816
44030
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
817 ** EDiff changes.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
818
44058
b52e085be218 added +++'s
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44030
diff changeset
819 +++
44030
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
820 *** When comparing directories.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
821 Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
822 directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
823 from one directory to another.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
824
44058
b52e085be218 added +++'s
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44030
diff changeset
825 +++
44030
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
826 *** When comparing files or buffers.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
827 Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
828 currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
829 then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
830 comparison.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
831
48736
5fc281abe34e Increase outline level of description `ediff-backup' by one *.
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 48735
diff changeset
832 *** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent
46936
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
833 backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file,
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
834 `ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup.
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
835
46028
278093843f21 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45997
diff changeset
836 +++
42043
0fe5fe39786c Etags changes for Prolog and PHP.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 41928
diff changeset
837 ** Etags changes.
0fe5fe39786c Etags changes for Prolog and PHP.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 41928
diff changeset
838
45828
ad50e4ff5888 Structure the changes for etags using outline headers.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45802
diff changeset
839 *** New regular expressions features
ad50e4ff5888 Structure the changes for etags using outline headers.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45802
diff changeset
840
ad50e4ff5888 Structure the changes for etags using outline headers.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45802
diff changeset
841 **** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions.
45802
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
842 The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
843 only for backward compatibility. The new equivalent syntax is
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
844 --regex=/regex/i. More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS,
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
845 where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
846 more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s'
45800
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
847 (single-line). The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
848 expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s'
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
849 (which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines. The ability to
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
850 span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
851 and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages.
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
852
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
853 **** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in Gcc.
45800
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
854 The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v,
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
855 respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL,
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
856 CR, TAB, VT,
d11816fe2c59 New multi-line regexp and new regexp syntax.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45758
diff changeset
857
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
858 **** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language.
45802
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
859 The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
860 only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise. This is
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
861 particularly useful when storing regexps in a file.
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
862
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
863 **** Regular expressions can be read from a file.
45802
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
864 The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
865 per line. Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored.
d4c9f3bd6dfa New {language} and @regexp features.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45800
diff changeset
866
45828
ad50e4ff5888 Structure the changes for etags using outline headers.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45802
diff changeset
867 *** New language parsing features
ad50e4ff5888 Structure the changes for etags using outline headers.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45802
diff changeset
868
47158
6ec82a0927f2 Etags improvement.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47096
diff changeset
869 **** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file.
6ec82a0927f2 Etags improvement.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47096
diff changeset
870 Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect.
6ec82a0927f2 Etags improvement.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47096
diff changeset
871
45828
ad50e4ff5888 Structure the changes for etags using outline headers.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45802
diff changeset
872 **** In Perl, packages are tags.
43855
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
873 Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
874 as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
875 package::sub.
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
876
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
877 **** New language PHP.
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
878 Tags are functions, classes and defines.
45919
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45901
diff changeset
879 If the --members option is specified to etags, tags are vars also.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45901
diff changeset
880
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
881 **** New language HTML.
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
882 Title and h1, h2, h3 are tagged. Also, tags are generated when name= is
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
883 used inside an anchor and whenever id= is used.
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
884
45828
ad50e4ff5888 Structure the changes for etags using outline headers.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45802
diff changeset
885 **** New default keywords for TeX.
45661
a47ac7311101 Document new default keywords for TeX.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45660
diff changeset
886 The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and
a47ac7311101 Document new default keywords for TeX.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45660
diff changeset
887 renewenvironment.
a47ac7311101 Document new default keywords for TeX.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45660
diff changeset
888
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
889 **** In Makefiles, constants are tagged.
46989
eeab5bdaffa2 Fix typos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46962
diff changeset
890 If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the
45919
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45901
diff changeset
891 size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45901
diff changeset
892
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45901
diff changeset
893 **** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
43855
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
894
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
895 *** Honour #line directives.
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
896 When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
897 directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
898 specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
899 created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
900 writes tags pointing to the source file.
43724
16affaf7292b etags honours #line directives.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43666
diff changeset
901
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
902 *** New option --parse-stdin=FILE.
45661
a47ac7311101 Document new default keywords for TeX.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45660
diff changeset
903 This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs. It can
45660
cfab79b5f578 Better English, I hope.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45657
diff changeset
904 be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line. Etags
45661
a47ac7311101 Document new default keywords for TeX.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45660
diff changeset
905 will read from standard input and mark the produced tags as belonging to
a47ac7311101 Document new default keywords for TeX.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45660
diff changeset
906 the file FILE.
45657
77cb605109fc Document --parse-stdin=FILE for Etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 45614
diff changeset
907
40493
94818b20da05 Document the change in list-buffers-noselect wrt buffers visiting files
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40487
diff changeset
908 +++
40575
4ce7861c6181 Mention --no-window-system changes in the NEWS.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40526
diff changeset
909 ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
4ce7861c6181 Mention --no-window-system changes in the NEWS.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40526
diff changeset
910 --no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated.
4ce7861c6181 Mention --no-window-system changes in the NEWS.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40526
diff changeset
911
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
912 +++
45574
a0ad5c5f6951 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45565
diff changeset
913 ** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
a0ad5c5f6951 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45565
diff changeset
914 C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
a0ad5c5f6951 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45565
diff changeset
915
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
916 +++
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
917 ** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
918 with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
919 whose names begin with space are omitted.
40493
94818b20da05 Document the change in list-buffers-noselect wrt buffers visiting files
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40487
diff changeset
920
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
921 +++
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
922 ** You can now customize fill-nobreak-predicate to control where
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
923 filling can break lines. We provide two sample predicates,
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
924 fill-single-word-nobreak-p and fill-french-nobreak-p.
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
925
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
926 +++
40316
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
927 ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
928 When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry will always
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
929 start a new record regardless of when the last record is.
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
930
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
931 +++
45977
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
932 ** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax.
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
933 The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax.
40378
344e63612d00 renamed `html-xhtml' to `sgml-xml'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40316
diff changeset
934 When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
935 i.e., there is always a closing tag.
45977
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
936 By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis
40378
344e63612d00 renamed `html-xhtml' to `sgml-xml'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40316
diff changeset
937 from the file name or buffer contents.
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
938
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
939 +++
48728
ea9832f89c8f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48645
diff changeset
940 ** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support.
45614
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
941
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
942 +++
41756
97f872fb595d Describe isearch-resume-enabled.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41749
diff changeset
943 ** New user option `isearch-resume-enabled'.
46989
eeab5bdaffa2 Fix typos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46962
diff changeset
944 This option can be disabled, to avoid the normal behavior of isearch
41756
97f872fb595d Describe isearch-resume-enabled.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41749
diff changeset
945 which puts calls to `isearch-resume' in the command history.
97f872fb595d Describe isearch-resume-enabled.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41749
diff changeset
946
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
947 ---
39975
d8c67e075687 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39885
diff changeset
948 ** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
d8c67e075687 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39885
diff changeset
949 initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
950 instead of using default-major-mode.
39975
d8c67e075687 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39885
diff changeset
951
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
952 ---
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
953 ** Lisp mode now uses font-lock-doc-face for the docstrings.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
954
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
955 ---
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
956 ** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
957
45997
9ee4a7e22180 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45993
diff changeset
958 +++
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
959 ** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
45997
9ee4a7e22180 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45993
diff changeset
960 Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use.
9ee4a7e22180 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45993
diff changeset
961 Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking.
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
962
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
963 ---
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
964 ** F90 mode has new navigation commands `f90-end-of-block',
45543
b436ae710691 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45499
diff changeset
965 `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', `f90-previous-block'.
45499
a35026845779 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45495
diff changeset
966
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
967 ---
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
968 ** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
45610
e9b72e7f6062 Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 45574
diff changeset
969 to support use of font-lock.
e9b72e7f6062 Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 45574
diff changeset
970
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
971 +++
39849
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
972 ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
973 understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
974 `same-window'.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
975
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
976 +++
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
977 ** M-x setenv now expands environment variables of the form `$foo' and
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
978 `${foo}' in the specified new value of the environment variable. To
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
979 include a `$' in the value, use `$$'.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
980
39881
9c1b9334eb73 Mark last change as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39879
diff changeset
981 +++
39879
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
982 ** File-name completion can now ignore directories.
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
983 If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
984 slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
985 completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
986 which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
987 candidate is a directory.
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
988
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
989 +++
46201
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
990 ** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
991 to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point,
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
992 it remains unchanged.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
994 +++
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
995 ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
996 When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
997 displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
998
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
999 ---
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1000 ** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1001
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1002 ---
40963
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
1003 ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
1004 This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
1005 the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
1006
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1007 ---
41482
fe774ae6bd57 Added entry for tooltips on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41471
diff changeset
1008 ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
fe774ae6bd57 Added entry for tooltips on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41471
diff changeset
1009 See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
fe774ae6bd57 Added entry for tooltips on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41471
diff changeset
1010
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1011 ---
49566
ca56eac8c658 Updated image support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49549
diff changeset
1012 ** Images are now supported on MS Windows.
ca56eac8c658 Updated image support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49549
diff changeset
1013 PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats
ca56eac8c658 Updated image support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49549
diff changeset
1014 depend on external libraries. All of these libraries have been ported
ca56eac8c658 Updated image support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49549
diff changeset
1015 to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at
ca56eac8c658 Updated image support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49549
diff changeset
1016 http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on
ca56eac8c658 Updated image support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49549
diff changeset
1017 zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled
ca56eac8c658 Updated image support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49549
diff changeset
1018 against.
44117
48ee57a8b28c Add news of image support on Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 44087
diff changeset
1019
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1020 ---
48501
41fb6d06759c Added note about sound support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 48060
diff changeset
1021 ** Sound is now supported on MS Windows.
41fb6d06759c Added note about sound support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 48060
diff changeset
1022 WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such
49395
58c9926affeb Add note for mouse pointer support.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49379
diff changeset
1023 as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of
48501
41fb6d06759c Added note about sound support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 48060
diff changeset
1024 Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level
41fb6d06759c Added note about sound support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 48060
diff changeset
1025 sound support for those formats.
41fb6d06759c Added note about sound support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 48060
diff changeset
1026
41fb6d06759c Added note about sound support on MS Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 48060
diff changeset
1027 ---
49395
58c9926affeb Add note for mouse pointer support.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49379
diff changeset
1028 ** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows.
58c9926affeb Add note for mouse pointer support.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49379
diff changeset
1029 The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer.
58c9926affeb Add note for mouse pointer support.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49379
diff changeset
1030
58c9926affeb Add note for mouse pointer support.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 49379
diff changeset
1031 ---
42725
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
1032 ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
1033 The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
1034 whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
1035 pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
1036
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1037 +++
43302
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1038 ** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1039 The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1040 and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1041 use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1042 Meta and Alt:
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1043 (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1044 (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
1045
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1046 * New modes and packages in 21.4
41246
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
1047
51374
31bb2083978b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 51300
diff changeset
1048 ** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit.
50794
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1049 ** GDB-UI is now part of the Emacs distribution.
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1050
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1051 This mode acts as an enhanced graphical user interface to GDB. You can
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1052 interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but there are also
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1053 further buffers which control the execution and describe the state of your
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1054 program. It separates the input/output of your program from that of GDB and
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1055 displays expressions and their current values in their own buffers. It also
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1056 uses features of Emacs 21 such as the display margin for breakpoints, and the
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1057 tool bar.
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1058
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1059 Use M-x gdba to start GDB-UI.
4239cd7727ca Add an entry for GDB-UI.
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents: 50773
diff changeset
1060
41246
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
1061 ---
49648
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1062 ** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1063
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1064 The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1065 package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1066 to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1067 a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages.
46124
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
1068
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1069 ---
49648
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1070 ** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution.
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1071
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1072 The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
44972
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1073 cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1074 With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1075 keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1076 region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1077 cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1078
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1079 In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1080 rectangle highlighting: Use S-return to start a rectangle, extend it
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1081 using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1082 or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1083
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1084 Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1085 fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1086 downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1087 rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1088 as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1089 M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1090 rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1091
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1092 Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1093 prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1094 C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1095
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1096 The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1097 register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1098
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1099 Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1100 When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1101 automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1102 commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1103
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1104 The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1105 kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1106 want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you may customize the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1107 `cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1108
49648
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1109 Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1110 versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1111 must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1112 loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file.
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1113
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1114 ** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for
47415
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1115 the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1116 keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1117 +, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key. The keypad
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1118 package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys.
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1119
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1120 By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup',
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1121 `keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1122 using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1123 the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1124 possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1125 the NumLock toggle state (off/on).
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1126
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1127 The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are:
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1128 `Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits,
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1129 `Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1130 decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization),
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1131 `Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1132 for emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys'
9171c407208a Added more documentation for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47324
diff changeset
1133 where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and
47485
3e714e68ea77 Fix entry for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47433
diff changeset
1134 `Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.)
3e714e68ea77 Fix entry for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47433
diff changeset
1135 are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global
3e714e68ea77 Fix entry for keypad package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47433
diff changeset
1136 or local keymaps.
44972
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
1137
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1138 ** The new kmacro package provides a simpler user interface to
46124
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
1139 emacs' keyboard macro facilities.
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
1140
47096
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1141 Basically, it uses two function keys (default F3 and F4) like this:
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1142 F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1143 the last macro. While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value
46124
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
1144 which automatically increments every time the macro is executed.
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
1145
46962
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1146 There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1147 defined macros.
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1148
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1149 The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1150 defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring,
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1151 C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e,
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1152 manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c,
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1153 C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f. See the commentary in kmacro.el
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1154 for more commands.
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1155
47085
a881d14145d0 etags now parses HTML.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 47070
diff changeset
1156 The normal macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e now interfaces to
46962
aeb54264d594 Describe new kmacro features.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46959
diff changeset
1157 the keyboard macro ring.
46124
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
1158
47313
52f90db3f174 Keyboard macro improvements.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47283
diff changeset
1159 The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro
52f90db3f174 Keyboard macro improvements.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47283
diff changeset
1160 before calling it, if used while defining a macro.
47096
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1161
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1162 In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1163 be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'. You can customize
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1164 this behaviour via the variable kmacro-call-repeat-key and
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1165 kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg.
f0b41fba2995 Describe new kmacro bindings for f3/f4 and C-x e.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47085
diff changeset
1166
47313
52f90db3f174 Keyboard macro improvements.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47283
diff changeset
1167 Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively.
52f90db3f174 Keyboard macro improvements.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47283
diff changeset
1168 C-x C-k SPC will step through the last keyboard macro one key sequence
52f90db3f174 Keyboard macro improvements.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47283
diff changeset
1169 at a time, prompting for the actions to take.
52f90db3f174 Keyboard macro improvements.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 47283
diff changeset
1170
49341
aa7e1948ad31 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 49316
diff changeset
1171 ---
aa7e1948ad31 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 49316
diff changeset
1172 ** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed
aa7e1948ad31 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 49316
diff changeset
1173 to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate
aa7e1948ad31 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 49316
diff changeset
1174 bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as
aa7e1948ad31 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 49316
diff changeset
1175 C-c C-i b, and so on.
aa7e1948ad31 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 49316
diff changeset
1176
49648
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1177 ** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution.
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1178
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1179 If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1180 the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1181 with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1182 ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1183 printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1184 `ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information.
4dd9a6db81d7 New entry for printing package.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49578
diff changeset
1185
40847
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
1186 +++
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1187 ** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
40847
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
1188
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
1189 Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
1190 Emacs Lisp. Its documentation is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
40865
19d072877aaa Mention calccard.tex and calccard.ps.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40847
diff changeset
1191 type "C-h i m calc RET" to read that manual. A reference card is
19d072877aaa Mention calccard.tex and calccard.ps.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40847
diff changeset
1192 available in `etc/calccard.tex' and `etc/calccard.ps'.
40847
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
1193
40889
c410bf71eef7 Mention the addition of the ELisp reference.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40865
diff changeset
1194 +++
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1195 ** Tramp is now part of the distribution.
45891
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1196
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1197 This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1198 files. But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host,
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1199 Tramp uses a shell connection. The shell connection is always used
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1200 for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1201 the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1202 `inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1203 connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1204 (which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1205 `rsync' to do the copying).
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1206
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1207 Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1208 `su' and `sudo'.
e945d29fa2b5 Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 45874
diff changeset
1209
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1210 ---
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1211 ** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way
47070
6976e7e4cb1e read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode -> file-name-shadow-mode
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 47062
diff changeset
1212 filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so
6976e7e4cb1e read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode -> file-name-shadow-mode
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 47062
diff changeset
1213 that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to
6976e7e4cb1e read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode -> file-name-shadow-mode
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 47062
diff changeset
1214 emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim,
6976e7e4cb1e read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode -> file-name-shadow-mode
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 47062
diff changeset
1215 invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable. The display method may
6976e7e4cb1e read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode -> file-name-shadow-mode
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 47062
diff changeset
1216 be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'.
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1217
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1218 ---
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1219 ** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
39738
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
1220 "active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
1221 change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
1222 settings.
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
1223
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1224 ---
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1225 ** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
51374
31bb2083978b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 51300
diff changeset
1226 move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer.
41623
8cf1bafe44b1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41620
diff changeset
1227 It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
8cf1bafe44b1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41620
diff changeset
1228 of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
8cf1bafe44b1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41620
diff changeset
1229
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1230 There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1231
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1232 ---
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1233 ** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
1234 customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
1235
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1236 ** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded
46936
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
1237 `text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
1238 these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
1239 table editing available in modern word processors. The package also
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
1240 can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
1241 as latex and html from the visually laid out text table.
731e4a095774 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46878
diff changeset
1242
48060
26cda8b2f7ea +++/--- bugfix
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48054
diff changeset
1243 +++
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1244 ** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1245 spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1246 letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1247 viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values.
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1248
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1249 ---
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1250 ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1251 Emacs will still work on terminals that require magic cookies in order
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1252 to use standout mode, however they will not be able to display
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1253 mode-lines in inverse-video.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1254
48728
ea9832f89c8f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48645
diff changeset
1255 ---
46687
d173e099056d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46677
diff changeset
1256 ** The obsolete C mode (c-mode.el) has been removed to avoid problems
50897
289523dd4fa7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 50794
diff changeset
1257 with Custom. cplus-md.el, which required it, has also been removed.
46687
d173e099056d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46677
diff changeset
1258
49574
e4bf575fd91c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49566
diff changeset
1259 ** New package benchmark.el contains simple support for convenient
e4bf575fd91c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49566
diff changeset
1260 timing measurements of code (including the garbage collection component).
e4bf575fd91c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49566
diff changeset
1261
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1262
44724
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
1263 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.4
40729
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1264
51077
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1265 ** The `local-map' property now also works at the ends of overlays and
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1266 text-properties, according to their stickiness. This also means that it
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1267 works with empty overlays. The same hold for the `keymap' property.
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1268
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1269 ** `select-window' takes a second optional argument `norecord', like
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1270 `switch-to-buffer'. `with-selected-window' is a new macro that uses
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1271 this to temporarily switch the selected window without impacting
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1272 the order of buffer-list.
aafee8ba3f90 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50975
diff changeset
1273
50975
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1274 ** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1275 in the keymap.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1276
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1277 ** VC changes for backends:
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1278 *** (vc-switches BACKEND OPERATION) is a new function for use by backends.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1279 *** The new `find-version' backend function replaces the `destfile'
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1280 parameter of the `checkout' backend function.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1281 Old code still works thanks to a default `find-version' behavior that
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1282 uses the old `destfile' parameter.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
1283
50607
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
1284 ** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands.
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
1285
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
1286 ** The new command `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
1287 for all (existing and future) frames.
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
1288
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
1289 ** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP).
50590
0a31ec45f727 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50553
diff changeset
1290
0a31ec45f727 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50553
diff changeset
1291 ** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'.
0a31ec45f727 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50553
diff changeset
1292
0a31ec45f727 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50553
diff changeset
1293 ** The macro `with-syntax-table' does not copy the table any more.
0a31ec45f727 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50553
diff changeset
1294
50543
ae1a0ad24e03 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50509
diff changeset
1295 ** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger
ae1a0ad24e03 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50509
diff changeset
1296 (or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is
50544
f7d63c53fb6c *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50543
diff changeset
1297 '((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10
50543
ae1a0ad24e03 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50509
diff changeset
1298 point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches
ae1a0ad24e03 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50509
diff changeset
1299 SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN.
ae1a0ad24e03 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 50509
diff changeset
1300
50474
b473e7c82366 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50312
diff changeset
1301 ** The function `number-sequence' returns a list of equally-separated
b473e7c82366 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50312
diff changeset
1302 numbers. For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9).
b473e7c82366 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50312
diff changeset
1303 By default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different separation
b473e7c82366 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50312
diff changeset
1304 as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns (1.5 3.5 5.5).
b473e7c82366 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50312
diff changeset
1305
50509
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
1306 ** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
1307 specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
1308 many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link,
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
1309 `file-chase-links' returns it anyway.
81ee3475a52d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50474
diff changeset
1310
49883
4fb79f65681e *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49799
diff changeset
1311 ** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on
4fb79f65681e *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49799
diff changeset
1312 the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil..
4fb79f65681e *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49799
diff changeset
1313
50050
32bb98768466 Mention `dcl-font-lock-keywords' and `dcl-font-lock-defaults'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 49887
diff changeset
1314 ** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character,
49766
d0dedef2274e *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49758
diff changeset
1315 unless it is followed by a `-' in a character constant (e.g. ?\s-A),
d0dedef2274e *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49758
diff changeset
1316 in which case it is still interpreted as the super modifier.
d0dedef2274e *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49758
diff changeset
1317 In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space.
d0dedef2274e *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49758
diff changeset
1318
49668
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1319 ** New function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the multibyteness
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1320 of a string given to a process's filter.
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1321
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1322 ** New function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns t if
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1323 a string given to a process's filter is multibyte.
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1324
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1325 ** A filter function of a process is called with a multibyte string if
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1326 the filter's multibyteness is t. That multibyteness is decided by the
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1327 value of `default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1328 created and can be changed later by `set-process-filter-multibyte'.
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1329
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1330 ** If a process's coding system is raw-text or no-conversion and its
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1331 buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1332 to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer.
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1333 Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte',
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1334 which was not compatible with the behaviour of file reading.
f118fc83f5a5 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49658
diff changeset
1335
49657
f4b5295c3540 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49648
diff changeset
1336 ** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a
f4b5295c3540 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49648
diff changeset
1337 multibyte string with the same individual character codes.
f4b5295c3540 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49648
diff changeset
1338
49530
4746ab25c458 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49520
diff changeset
1339 ** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information
4746ab25c458 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49520
diff changeset
1340 on garbage collection.
4746ab25c458 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49520
diff changeset
1341
49657
f4b5295c3540 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49648
diff changeset
1342 ** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if
f4b5295c3540 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49648
diff changeset
1343 it is read from a file without decoding.
49378
f2d0a984961b *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 49347
diff changeset
1344
49407
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
1345 ** New function `langinfo' accesses locale information.
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
1346
48953
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1347 ** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1348 of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1349 by calling `select-window'.
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1350
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1351 ** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1352 if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1353 into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1354 need to have a name.
b6cceff9402d *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48899
diff changeset
1355
48849
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1356 ** Byte compiler changes:
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1357
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1358 *** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil. This
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1359 helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1360 Emacs and XEmacs and may sometimes make the result significantly more
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1361 efficient. Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1362 generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1363 you anything.
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1364
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1365 *** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1366 simple convention that the compiler understands. (This is mostly
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1367 useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.)
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1368 Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1369 forms:
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1370
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1371 (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>)
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1372 (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else)
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1373
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1374 In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1375 won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1376 second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1377 unbound. The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1378 macro expansion), but such tests may be nested. Note that `when' and
27e5569d6a32 Compiler changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48770
diff changeset
1379 `unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't.
49549
99be3a1e2589 Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49530
diff changeset
1380
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
1381 ** New translation table `translation-table-for-input'.
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
1382
48728
ea9832f89c8f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48645
diff changeset
1383 +++
ea9832f89c8f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48645
diff changeset
1384 ** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME),
48770
208d298f6d14 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 48736
diff changeset
1385 which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the
48728
ea9832f89c8f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48645
diff changeset
1386 current file redefined it).
ea9832f89c8f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48645
diff changeset
1387
48027
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1388 ** New Lisp library testcover.el works with edebug to help you determine
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1389 whether you've tested all your Lisp code. Function testcover-start
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1390 instruments all functions in a given file. Then test your code. Function
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1391 testcover-mark-all adds overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1392 show where coverage is lacking. Command testcover-next-mark (bind it to
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1393 a key!) will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch.
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1394
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1395 *** Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely evaluated;
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1396 a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same value. The red
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1397 splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly complete their evaluation,
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1398 such as `error'. The brown splotches are skipped for forms that are expected
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1399 to always evaluate to the same value, such as (setq x 14).
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1400
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1401 *** For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to help
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1402 out the test coverage tool. The macro 1value suppresses a brown splotch for
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1403 its argument. The macro noreturn suppresses a red splotch.
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1404
48060
26cda8b2f7ea +++/--- bugfix
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48054
diff changeset
1405 +++
48027
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1406 ** New function unsafep returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1407 do anything dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1408 unsafe (calls dangerous function, alters global variable, etc).
ad86b7acaeec Added ses-mode, unsafep, testcover
Jonathan Yavner <jyavner@member.fsf.org>
parents: 48021
diff changeset
1409
47537
b7761880867f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47506
diff changeset
1410 ** When you are printing using print-continuous-numbering,
b7761880867f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47506
diff changeset
1411 if no objects have had to be recorded in print-number-table,
b7761880867f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47506
diff changeset
1412 all elements of print-number-table are nil.
b7761880867f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47506
diff changeset
1413
47433
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
1414 ** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width,
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
1415 the scroll-bar-width frame parameter value is nil.
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
1416
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
1417 ** The new function copy-abbrev-table returns a new abbrev table that
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
1418 is a copy of a given abbrev table.
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
1419
47324
fd6bfaf82fa4 Minor change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47313
diff changeset
1420 +++
47062
632e05bbcb98 Describe --script.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47061
diff changeset
1421 ** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE.
632e05bbcb98 Describe --script.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47061
diff changeset
1422 It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they
47324
fd6bfaf82fa4 Minor change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47313
diff changeset
1423 can start with this line:
47062
632e05bbcb98 Describe --script.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47061
diff changeset
1424
632e05bbcb98 Describe --script.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47061
diff changeset
1425 #!/usr/bin/emacs --script
632e05bbcb98 Describe --script.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47061
diff changeset
1426
46959
2566b90da6fc *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46936
diff changeset
1427 ** A function's docstring can now hold the function's usage info on
2566b90da6fc *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46936
diff changeset
1428 its last line. It should match the regexp "\n\n(fn.*)\\'".
2566b90da6fc *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46936
diff changeset
1429
46677
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
1430 ** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
1431 hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'.
86e8d59e2e49 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 46582
diff changeset
1432
47621
2e93b2eb38c8 Mention minibufferp's optional buffer arg.
John Paul Wallington <jpw@pobox.com>
parents: 47616
diff changeset
1433 ** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional buffer
2e93b2eb38c8 Mention minibufferp's optional buffer arg.
John Paul Wallington <jpw@pobox.com>
parents: 47616
diff changeset
1434 argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted it defaults to
2e93b2eb38c8 Mention minibufferp's optional buffer arg.
John Paul Wallington <jpw@pobox.com>
parents: 47616
diff changeset
1435 the current buffer.
46878
901426f0ae5f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46787
diff changeset
1436
46582
c5989a0d356e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46456
diff changeset
1437 ** There is a new Warnings facility; see the functions `warn'
c5989a0d356e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46456
diff changeset
1438 and `display-warning'.
c5989a0d356e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46456
diff changeset
1439
46226
d6e8e4f90f8c *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46214
diff changeset
1440 ** The functions all-completions and try-completion now accept lists
d6e8e4f90f8c *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46214
diff changeset
1441 of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays
d6e8e4f90f8c *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46214
diff changeset
1442 and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now
d6e8e4f90f8c *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46214
diff changeset
1443 exported to Lisp.
d6e8e4f90f8c *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46214
diff changeset
1444
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1445 ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1446 much pure storage it will approximately need.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1447
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1448 ** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1449 to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1450 for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1451 file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.)
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1452
46787
6f3953a83c05 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46775
diff changeset
1453 ** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects
6f3953a83c05 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46775
diff changeset
1454 of one coding system from another coding system.
6f3953a83c05 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46775
diff changeset
1455
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1456 ** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1457 are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1458 specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1459 such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1460 needed.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1461
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1462 ** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property,
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1463 that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1464 appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1465 is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1466 ok. If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1467 with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1468
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1469 If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1470 confirmation as before.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1471
51215
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1472 ** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1473
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1474 The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1475 can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe'
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1476 frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1477 Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1478
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1479 The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1480 specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1481 integral number of columns. The extra width is distributed evenly
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1482 between the left and right fringe. For force a specific fringe width,
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1483 specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative,
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1484 only the left fringe gets the specified width).
46214
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1485
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1486 Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1487 width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1488 of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1489 fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
e89fee6c4aea *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46201
diff changeset
1490
51215
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1491 ** Per-window fringes settings
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1492
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1493 Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and position
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1494 settings.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1495
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1496 To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1497 variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1498 `set-window-fringes'.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1499
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1500 To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1501 are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area,
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1502 or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1503 `fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1504
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1505 The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1506 settings. To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1507 `fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1508 displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1509 an update of the display margins.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1510
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1511 ** Per-window vertical scroll-bar settings
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1512
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1513 Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1514 controlling the width and position of scroll-bars.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1515
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1516 To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1517 variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1518 `set-window-scroll-bars'. The function `window-scroll-bars' can be
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1519 used to obtain the current settings. To make `scroll-bar-mode' and
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1520 `scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1521 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1522 of the display margins.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1523
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1524 ** The function `set-window-buffer' now has an optional third argument
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1525 KEEP-MARGINS which will preserve the window's current margin, fringe,
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1526 and scroll-bar settings if non-nil.
7cb8c4e0b650 New per-window fringe and scroll-bar settings.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 51182
diff changeset
1527
45979
87962bf716e3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45977
diff changeset
1528 +++
45977
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
1529 ** Renamed file hooks to follow the convention:
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
1530 find-file-hooks to find-file-hook,
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
1531 find-file-not-found-hooks to find-file-not-found-functions,
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
1532 write-file-hooks to write-file-functions,
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
1533 write-contents-hooks to write-contents-functions.
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
1534 Marked local-write-file-hooks as obsolete (use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook').
ac1a42ec420b *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 45919
diff changeset
1535
49549
99be3a1e2589 Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49530
diff changeset
1536 ** The new variable `delete-frame-functions' replaces `delete-frame-hook'.
47739
ba21f6fad010 Mention `delete-frame-functions' replacing `delete-frame-hook',
John Paul Wallington <jpw@pobox.com>
parents: 47730
diff changeset
1537 It was renamed to follow the naming conventions for abnormal hooks. The old
ba21f6fad010 Mention `delete-frame-functions' replacing `delete-frame-hook',
John Paul Wallington <jpw@pobox.com>
parents: 47730
diff changeset
1538 name remains available as an alias, but has been marked obsolete.
ba21f6fad010 Mention `delete-frame-functions' replacing `delete-frame-hook',
John Paul Wallington <jpw@pobox.com>
parents: 47730
diff changeset
1539
45547
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1540 ** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1541 specifies a predicate which the file name read must satify. The
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1542 new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1543 while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1544 variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1545
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1546 ** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by lisp code
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1547 to override the internal read-file-name function.
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
1548
45757
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1549 ** The new function `read-directory-name' can be used instead of
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1550 `read-file-name' to read a directory name; when used, completion
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1551 will only show directories.
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1552
46201
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1553 ** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1554 non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1555 its own special methods and not directly through the file system).
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1556
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1557 ** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1558 now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1559 (require 'cl) when loaded.
ec2505a6b272 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46128
diff changeset
1560
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1561 ** The new Lisp library fringe.el controls the apperance of fringes.
45495
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
1562
44134
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1563 ** The `defmacro' form may contain declarations specifying how to
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1564 indent the macro in Lisp mode and how to debug it with Edebug. The
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1565 syntax of defmacro has been extended to
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1566
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1567 (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1568
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1569 DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1570 declaration specifiers supported are:
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1571
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1572 (indent INDENT)
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1573 Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1574
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1575 (edebug DEBUG)
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1576 Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1577 equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro.
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
1578
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1579 ** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1580
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1581 This is an alternative to using defadvice or substitute-key-definition
46989
eeab5bdaffa2 Fix typos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46962
diff changeset
1582 to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1583 binding and lookup functionality.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1584
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1585 When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1586 remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1587 original command.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1588
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1589 Example:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1590 Suppose that minor mode my-mode has defined the commands
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1591 my-kill-line and my-kill-word, and it wants C-k (and any other key
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1592 bound to kill-line) to run the command my-kill-line instead of
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1593 kill-line, and likewise it wants to run my-kill-word instead of
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1594 kill-word.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1595
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1596 Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1597 command remapping allows you to directly map kill-line into
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1598 my-kill-line and kill-word into my-kill-word through the minor mode
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1599 map using define-key:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1600
43503
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1601 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1602 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1603
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1604 Now, when my-mode is enabled, and the user enters C-k or M-d,
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1605 the commands my-kill-line and my-kill-word are run.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1606
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1607 Notice that only one level of remapping is supported. In the above
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1608 example, this means that if my-kill-line is remapped to other-kill,
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1609 then C-k still runs my-kill-line.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1610
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1611 The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1612
43503
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1613 - Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1614 `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1615 to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1616 another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1617
49758
0f9474583892 Renamed remap-command to command-remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49713
diff changeset
1618 - The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a
0f9474583892 Renamed remap-command to command-remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49713
diff changeset
1619 remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped.
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1620
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1621 - key-binding now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
43503
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
1622 third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1623
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1624 - where-is-internal now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1625 kill-line if my-mode is enabled), and the actual key binding for
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1626 the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1627 It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1628 remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns C-k for kill-line and
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1629 <kill-line> for my-kill-line).
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1630
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1631 - The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1632 command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1633 command was not remapped.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
1634
45223
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
1635 ** New variable emulation-mode-map-alists.
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
1636
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
1637 Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
1638 keymap alist separate from minor-mode-map-alist by adding their keymap
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
1639 alist to this list.
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
1640
43139
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1641 ** Atomic change groups.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1642
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1643 To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1644 they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1645 around the code that makes changes. For instance:
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1646
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1647 (atomic-change-group
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1648 (insert foo)
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1649 (delete-region x y))
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1650
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1651 If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1652 `atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1653 were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1654 on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1655
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1656 If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1657 lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1658
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1659 To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1660 Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1661 This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1662 the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1663
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1664 Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1665 group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1666 do this.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1667
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1668 After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1669 either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1670 `accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1671 call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1672
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1673 You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1674 finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1675 `unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1676 (This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1677 `activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1678 group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1679 twice.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1680
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1681 To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1682 for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1683 returned values, like this:
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1684
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1685 (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1686 (prepare-change-group buffer-2))
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1687
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1688 You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1689 to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1690 `accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1691
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1692 Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1693 would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1694 will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1695 change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1696 finished.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
1697
45692
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1698 +++
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1699 ** New variable char-property-alias-alist.
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1700
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1701 This variable allows you to create alternative names for text
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1702 properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties',
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1703 although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1704 to implement the `font-lock-face' property.
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1705
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1706 ** New special text property `font-lock-face'.
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1707
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1708 This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1709 M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1710 property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1711 new variable `char-property-alias-alist'.
bac6738f3c27 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45667
diff changeset
1712
44680
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
1713 ** New function remove-list-of-text-properties.
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
1714
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
1715 The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties' is almost the same
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
1716 as `remove-text-properties'. The only difference is that it takes
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
1717 a list of property names as argument rather than a property list.
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
1718
49316
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1719 ** New function insert-for-yank.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1720
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1721 This function normally works like `insert' but removes the text
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1722 properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list. However, if the
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1723 inserted text has a `yank-handler' text property on the first
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1724 character of the string, the insertion of the text may be modified in
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1725 a number of ways. See the description of `yank-handler' below.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1726
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1727 ** New function insert-buffer-substring-as-yank.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1728
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1729 This function works like `insert-buffer-substring', but removes the
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1730 text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list.
44724
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
1731
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
1732 ** New function insert-buffer-substring-no-properties.
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
1733
49316
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1734 This function is like insert-buffer-substring, but removes all
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1735 text properties from the inserted substring.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1736
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1737 ** New `yank-handler' text property may be used to control how
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1738 previously killed text on the kill-ring is reinserted.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1739
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1740 The value of the yank-handler property must be a list with one to five
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1741 elements with the following format:
49493
67c5cfa83ddd Remove COMMAND element from yank handler.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49458
diff changeset
1742 (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO).
49316
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1743
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1744 The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1745 the first character on its string argument (typically the first
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1746 element on the kill-ring). If a yank-handler property is found,
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1747 the normal behaviour of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways:
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1748
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1749 When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert'
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1750 to insert the string. FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1751 If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1752 passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1753 `yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1754 rectangle.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1755 If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1756 yank-excluded-properties is not performed; instead FUNCTION is
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1757 responsible for removing those properties. This may be necessary
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1758 if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1759 If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1760 by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object. It is
49549
99be3a1e2589 Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49530
diff changeset
1761 called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region.
49316
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1762 FUNCTION may set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1763
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1764 *** The functions kill-new, kill-append, and kill-region now has an
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1765 optional third argument to specify the yank-handler text property
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1766 to put on the killed text.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1767
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1768 *** The function yank-pop will now use a non-nil value of the variable
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1769 `yank-undo-function' (instead of delete-region) to undo the previous
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1770 yank or yank-pop command (or a call to insert-for-yank). The function
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1771 insert-for-yank automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1772 element of the string argument's yank-handler text property if present.
1ace047a072a New yank-handler property.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49228
diff changeset
1773
45744
75e9d527da2b display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 45694
diff changeset
1774 ** New function display-supports-face-attributes-p may be used to test
75e9d527da2b display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 45694
diff changeset
1775 whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable.
75e9d527da2b display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 45694
diff changeset
1776
75e9d527da2b display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 45694
diff changeset
1777 A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face
75e9d527da2b display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 45694
diff changeset
1778 specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces
75e9d527da2b display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 45694
diff changeset
1779 defined with defface.
75e9d527da2b display-supports-face-attributes-p
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 45694
diff changeset
1780
46246
097c4cba0759 Add entries for face-attribute-relative-p, merge-face-attribute.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 46226
diff changeset
1781 ** face-attribute, face-foreground, face-background, and face-stipple now
097c4cba0759 Add entries for face-attribute-relative-p, merge-face-attribute.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 46226
diff changeset
1782 accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how face
097c4cba0759 Add entries for face-attribute-relative-p, merge-face-attribute.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 46226
diff changeset
1783 inheritance is used when determining the value of a face attribute.
097c4cba0759 Add entries for face-attribute-relative-p, merge-face-attribute.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 46226
diff changeset
1784
097c4cba0759 Add entries for face-attribute-relative-p, merge-face-attribute.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 46226
diff changeset
1785 ** New functions face-attribute-relative-p and merge-face-attribute
097c4cba0759 Add entries for face-attribute-relative-p, merge-face-attribute.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 46226
diff changeset
1786 help with handling relative face attributes.
097c4cba0759 Add entries for face-attribute-relative-p, merge-face-attribute.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 46226
diff changeset
1787
49201
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1788 ** Enhancements to process support
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1789
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1790 *** Function list-processes now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1791 only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set are listed.
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1792
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1793 *** New set-process-query-on-exit-flag and process-query-on-exit-flag
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1794 functions. The existing process-kill-without-query function is still
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1795 supported, but new code should use the new functions.
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1796
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1797 *** Function signal-process now accepts a process object or process
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1798 name in addition to a process id to identify the signalled process.
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1799
49228
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1800 *** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can
49549
99be3a1e2589 Cygwin support patch.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49530
diff changeset
1801 maintain process state and other per-process related information.
49228
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1802
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1803 The new functions process-get and process-put are used to access, add,
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1804 and modify elements on this property list.
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1805
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1806 The new low-level functions process-plist and set-process-plist are
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1807 used to access and replace the entire property list of a process.
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1808
49201
5a6e0cbe25e5 Put "process enhancements" before "network enhancements".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49200
diff changeset
1809
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1810 ** Enhanced networking support.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1811
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1812 *** There is a new `make-network-process' function which supports
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1813 opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1814 create a stream or datagram server inside emacs.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1815
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1816 - A server is started using :server t arg.
44072
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
1817 - Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1818 - A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1819 - Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1820 - Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
49228
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1821 - The process' property list may be initialized using :plist PLIST arg;
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1822 a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited
ac42843384b3 Replace "process private vars" with "process plist".
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49201
diff changeset
1823 by new client processes created to handle incoming connections.
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1824
44072
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
1825 To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
1826 (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
1827
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1828 *** Original open-network-stream is now emulated using make-network-process.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1829
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1830 *** New function open-network-stream-nowait.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1831
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1832 This function initiates a non-blocking connect and returns immediately
49135
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1833 without waiting for the connection to be established. It takes the
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1834 filter and sentinel functions as arguments; when the non-blocking
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1835 connect completes, the sentinel is called with a status string
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1836 matching "open" or "failed".
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1837
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1838 *** New function open-network-stream-server.
49135
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1839
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1840 This function creates a network server process for a TCP service.
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1841 When a client connects to the specified service, a new subprocess
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1842 is created to handle the new connection, and the sentinel function
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1843 is called for the new process.
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1844
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1845 *** New functions process-datagram-address and set-process-datagram-address.
49135
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1846
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1847 These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1848 and set the current address of the remote partner.
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1849
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1850 *** New function format-network-address.
49135
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1851
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1852 This function reformats the lisp representation of a network address
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1853 to a printable string. For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1854 number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1855 printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P". See the doc
3752935a65db Add docs for new networking functions.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 49120
diff changeset
1856 string for other formatting options.
48054
b302909e7e67 Document enhanced signal-process functionality.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 48027
diff changeset
1857
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1858 *** By default, the function process-contact still returns (HOST SERVICE)
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1859 for a network process. Using the new optional KEY arg, the complete list
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1860 of network process properties or a specific property can be selected.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1861
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1862 Using :local and :remote as the KEY, the address of the local or
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1863 remote end-point is returned. An Inet address is represented as a 5
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1864 element vector, where the first 4 elements contain the IP address and
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1865 the fifth is the port number.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1866
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1867 *** Network processes can now be stopped and restarted with
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1868 `stop-process' and `continue-process'. For a server process, no
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1869 connections are accepted in the stopped state. For a client process,
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1870 no input is received in the stopped state.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1871
45758
d6822e2dafb3 Add copy-tree.
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45757
diff changeset
1872 ** New function copy-tree.
d6822e2dafb3 Add copy-tree.
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45757
diff changeset
1873
42940
7c0e12d6edb5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42874
diff changeset
1874 ** New function substring-no-properties.
7c0e12d6edb5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42874
diff changeset
1875
43626
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
1876 ** New function minibuffer-selected-window.
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
1877
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1878 ** New function `call-process-shell-command'.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1879
44957
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1880 ** The dummy function keys made by easymenu
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1881 are now always lower case. If you specify the
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1882 menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1883 as the "key" bound by that key binding.
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1884
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1885 This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1886 the bindings that were made with easymenu.
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1887
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1888 ** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1889 argument. If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1890 for a function that could be called with `call-interactively',
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1891 and does not return t for keyboard macros.
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1892
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1893 ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1894 buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1895
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1896 It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1897 and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1898 buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1899 commands.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1900
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1901 This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1902 sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1903 SQL buffer.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1904
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1905 (add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1906 (function (lambda ()
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1907 (master-mode t)
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1908 (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1909 (add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1910 (function (lambda ()
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1911 (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1912
44418
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1913 ** File local variables.
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1914
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1915 A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1916 properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1917
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
1918 +++
42984
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1919 *** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1920 have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1921 and the latter now controls scrolling down.
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1922
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1923 +++
42820
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1924 ** New function window-body-height.
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1925
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1926 This is like window-height but does not count the mode line
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1927 or the header line.
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1928
45757
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1929 ** New function format-mode-line.
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1930
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1931 This returns the mode-line or header-line of the selected (or a
46064
f0a33c7767fb format-mode-line now returns propertized string by default.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46034
diff changeset
1932 specified) window as a string with or without text properties.
45757
3f48cd2eb90a Added read-directory-name.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45744
diff changeset
1933
44160
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1934 ** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1935
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1936 These functions are like `plist-get' and `plist-put' except that they
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1937 compare the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1938
44308
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1939 ** New function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1940
48728
ea9832f89c8f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 48645
diff changeset
1941 The `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' must not be used (as previously
44308
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1942 recommended) for making entries in the tool bar for local keymaps.
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1943 Instead, use the function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu', which lets
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1944 you specify the map to use as an argument.
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1945
42820
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1946 +++
43415
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1947 ** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1948
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1949 When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1950 angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1951 equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1952
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1953 +++
42867
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1954 ** You can now make a window as short as one line.
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1955
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1956 A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1957 line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1958 `header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1959 cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1960 variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1961
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1962 +++
42749
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1963 ** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1964 for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1965 number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1966 Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1967
44418
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1968 ** Mode line display ignores text properties in the value
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1969 of a variable whose `risky-local-variables' property is nil.
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1970
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1971 ---
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1972 ** Indentation of simple and extended loop forms has been added to the
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1973 cl-indent package. The new user options
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1974 `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1975 `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can be used to customize the
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1976 indentation of keywords and forms in loop forms.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1977
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1978 ---
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1979 ** Indentation of backquoted forms has been made customizable in the
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1980 cl-indent package. See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
1981
42629
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1982 ** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1983
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1984 Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1985 from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1986 buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1987 now:
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1988
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1989 1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1990
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1991 2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1992 the time it takes to convert the format.
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1993
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1994 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1995 wasteful.
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1996
42487
88fb2c8602aa *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42437
diff changeset
1997 ** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
88fb2c8602aa *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42437
diff changeset
1998 over minor mode keymaps.
88fb2c8602aa *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42437
diff changeset
1999
42425
aa6c345a4af0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42367
diff changeset
2000 ** A hex escape in a string forces the string to be multibyte.
aa6c345a4af0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42367
diff changeset
2001 An octal escape makes it unibyte.
aa6c345a4af0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42367
diff changeset
2002
50607
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
2003 ** At the end of a command, point moves out from within invisible
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
2004 text, in the same way it moves out from within text covered by an
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
2005 image or composition property.
6ee7467b8fd7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50590
diff changeset
2006
50975
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
2007 This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
2008 This is particularly good because the intangible property often has
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
2009 unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
2010 (including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
2011 post-command-hook and thus does not care about intermediate states.
bf7c2783b20d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50897
diff changeset
2012
44625
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2013 ** Only one of the beginning or end of an invisible, intangible region is
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2014 considered an acceptable value for point; which one is determined by
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2015 examining how the invisible/intangible properties are inherited when new
50710
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2016 text is inserted adjacent to them. (The `front-sticky' and `rear-sticky'
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2017 properties control this.)
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2018
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2019 If the invisible/intangible would be inherited by any text inserted
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2020 before this region, then the position before it is considered
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2021 unacceptable, and point is forced to continue (if moving forwards, to
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2022 the position following the invisible/intangible text; if moving
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2023 backwards, to one position before). If the properties would be
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2024 inherited by any text inserted after, then the position after is
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2025 considered unacceptable, and point is forced to keep moving (if moving
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2026 backwards, to the position preceding the invisible/intangible text; if
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2027 moving forwards, to one position later).
44625
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2028
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2029 Thus, point can only go to one end of an invisible, intangible region, but
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2030 not the other one. This prevents C-f and C-b from appearing to stand still
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2031 on the screen.
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2032
50710
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2033 You should not set it up so that both the position before and the position
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2034 after are unacceptable.
f2e284a34123 Update invisible/intangible handling spec.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 50702
diff changeset
2035
44625
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2036 ** field-beginning and field-end now accept an additional optional
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
2037 argument, LIMIT.
42367
e79ed5ab7b08 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42342
diff changeset
2038
42437
5426f6a09f35 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42434
diff changeset
2039 +++
42434
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
2040 ** define-abbrev now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. If
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
2041 non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means that
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
2042 it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the abbrevs.
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
2043 Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always specify this
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
2044 flag.
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
2045
42281
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
2046 ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
2047
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
2048 ** The function insert-string is now obsolete.
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
2049
41596
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
2050 ** The precedence of file-name-handlers has been changed.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
2051 Instead of blindly choosing the first handler that matches,
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
2052 find-file-name-handler now gives precedence to a file-name handler
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
2053 that matches near the end of the file name. More specifically, the
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
2054 handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
2055 In case of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
2056
41594
452efff38a6e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41501
diff changeset
2057 ** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
41847
7423116b7ac3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41820
diff changeset
2058 Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
7423116b7ac3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41820
diff changeset
2059 bindings of the parent keymap.
41594
452efff38a6e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41501
diff changeset
2060
41337
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2061 ** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2062 If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2063 (see jit-lock-defer-contextually), then all of that text will
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2064 be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2065 depends on text several lines further down (and when font-lock-multiline
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2066 is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl:
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2067
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2068 s{
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2069 foo
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2070 }{
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2071 bar
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2072 }e
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2073
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2074 Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2075 text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a jit-lock-defer-multiline
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2076 property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2077 refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
2078
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
2079 ** describe-vector now takes a second argument `describer' which is
42183
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
2080 called to print the entries' values. It defaults to `princ'.
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
2081
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
2082 ** defcustom and other custom declarations now use a default group
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
2083 (the last group defined in the same file) when no :group was given.
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
2084
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
2085 ** emacsserver now runs pre-command-hook and post-command-hook when
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
2086 it receives a request from emacsclient.
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
2087
41471
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
2088 ** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
2089 Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
2090 than 3 levels of nesting.
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
2091
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
2092 ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
2093 been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
2094 in Indented-Text mode.
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
2095
40973
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2096 ** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2097 property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2098 it in that buffer.
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2099
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2100 ** If you set `query-replace-skip-read-only' non-nil,
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2101 `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2102 a match if part of it has a read-only property.
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2103
41367
65eb0f7957c8 Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41356
diff changeset
2104 ** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
41356
39332ec6c47d Fix typos.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41355
diff changeset
2105 properties from surrounding text.
40973
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
2106
40729
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
2107 ** New function `buffer-local-value'.
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
2108
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
2109 - Function: buffer-local-value variable buffer
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
2110
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
2111 This function returns the buffer-local binding of VARIABLE (a symbol)
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
2112 in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not have a buffer-local binding in
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
2113 buffer BUFFER, it returns the default value of VARIABLE instead.
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2114
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2115 ** New function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2116 that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2117 clone to the other.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2118
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2119 ** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2120 *** the FACENAME returned in font-lock-keywords can be a list
43607
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43602
diff changeset
2121 of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2122 other properties than `face'.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2123 *** font-lock-extra-managed-props can be set to make sure those extra
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2124 properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2125
43932
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
2126 ** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
2127 or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
2128 `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors.
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
2129
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2130 ** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2131 are used by define-derived-mode to make sure the mode hook for the
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2132 parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2133
50553
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
2134 ** define-minor-mode now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
2135 and simply passes them to defcustom, if applicable.
11c29e283064 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 50544
diff changeset
2136
47433
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
2137 ** define-derived-mode by default creates a new empty abbrev table.
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
2138 It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table.
eb9a3f38650c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 47415
diff changeset
2139
46226
d6e8e4f90f8c *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 46214
diff changeset
2140 +++
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2141 ** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2142 to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2143 and run any code associated with the provided feature.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
2144
40295
b2456ad80460 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40215
diff changeset
2145 ** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
b2456ad80460 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40215
diff changeset
2146 be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.
b2456ad80460 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40215
diff changeset
2147
40190
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
2148 +++
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
2149 ** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
2150 ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
2151 `.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
2152
39778
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
2153 ** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
2154 user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name'
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
2155 accepts a float as UID parameter.
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
2156
39765
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2157 ** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2158
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2159 ** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in elisp files is now obeyed.
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2160
45993
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2161 ** The Emacs Lisp byte-compiler now displays the actual line and
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2162 character position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2163 of its warning and error messages have been brought more in line with
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2164 the output of other GNU tools.
b974df2c611f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45979
diff changeset
2165
39849
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
2166 ** New functions `keymap-prompt' and `current-active-maps'.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
2167
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
2168 ** New function `describe-buffer-bindings'.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
2169
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
2170 ** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
2171 searching for an executable resp. an elisp file.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
2172
45614
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
2173 ** Variable aliases have been implemented:
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2174
46401
0616af8d6d42 Fix reference to `defvaralias' as a macro.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46391
diff changeset
2175 - Function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING]
0616af8d6d42 Fix reference to `defvaralias' as a macro.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46391
diff changeset
2176
0616af8d6d42 Fix reference to `defvaralias' as a macro.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46391
diff changeset
2177 This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for
0616af8d6d42 Fix reference to `defvaralias' as a macro.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46391
diff changeset
2178 symbol BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR
0616af8d6d42 Fix reference to `defvaralias' as a macro.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46391
diff changeset
2179 returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR
0616af8d6d42 Fix reference to `defvaralias' as a macro.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46391
diff changeset
2180 changes the value of BASE-VAR.
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2181
46391
5d5a55d8897b Document third argument of defvaralias.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46246
diff changeset
2182 DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has
5d5a55d8897b Document third argument of defvaralias.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46246
diff changeset
2183 the same documentation as BASE-VAR.
5d5a55d8897b Document third argument of defvaralias.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 46246
diff changeset
2184
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2185 - Function: indirect-variable VARIABLE
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2186
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2187 This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2188 of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2189 defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2190
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2191 It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2192 variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2193
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2194 ** Functions from `post-gc-hook' are run at the end of garbage
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2195 collection. The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2196
39604
3eb5c468047e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39601
diff changeset
2197 ** If the second argument to `copy-file' is the name of a directory,
39605
80c62639fd20 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39604
diff changeset
2198 the file is copied to that directory instead of signaling an error.
39604
3eb5c468047e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39601
diff changeset
2199
39647
387ceba6fde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39605
diff changeset
2200 ** The variables most-positive-fixnum and most-negative-fixnum
387ceba6fde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39605
diff changeset
2201 have been moved from the CL package to the core.
387ceba6fde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39605
diff changeset
2202
41355
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
2203 ** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
2204 The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
2205 formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
2206
43754
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
2207 ** Functions y-or-n-p, read-char, read-keysequence and alike that
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
2208 display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer now display the prompt
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
2209 using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
2210
39765
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2211 ** New packages:
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2212
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2213 *** The new package syntax.el provides an efficient way to find the
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2214 current syntactic context (as returned by parse-partial-sexp).
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
2215
46124
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
2216 *** The new package bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
2217 binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
2218 data structures.
daab102d5c4f Added ido, kmacro, and bindat packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 46064
diff changeset
2219
41340
00ed4838100e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41337
diff changeset
2220 *** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
42703
8b35cce1f9c8 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 42681
diff changeset
2221 This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
8b35cce1f9c8 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 42681
diff changeset
2222
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
2223 *** The new package button.el implements simple and fast `clickable buttons'
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
2224 in emacs buffers. `buttons' are much lighter-weight than the `widgets'
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
2225 implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that doesn't
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
2226 require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for such things
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
2227 as help and apropos buffers.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
2228
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
2229
25995
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
2230 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
2231
36039
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
2232 See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
2233 fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
2234 charsets in this release.
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
2235
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
2236 ** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
2237
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
2238 ** Support for LynxOS has been added.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
2239
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
2240 ** There are new configure options associated with the support for
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
2241 images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure'
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
2242 to list them.
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
2243
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
2244 ** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
32182
f5d09b70a4b8 irix64, gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32050
diff changeset
2245 support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5. This increases the
33484
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
2246 maximum buffer size. See etc/MACHINES for instructions. Changes to
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
2247 build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
2248 necessary changes to unexec.
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
2249
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2250 ** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2251 Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2252
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2253 ** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2254 Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2255
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2256 ** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2257 the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
32428
e67d8ebd2b24 windows/mac non-support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32314
diff changeset
2258
32865
34e286ed22a5 Say that Emacs can now be built on the Macintosh.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents: 32845
diff changeset
2259 ** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
32966
c75de0056053 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32915
diff changeset
2260 all of the new display features described below. The port currently
34204
10c8428f0fd1 Point to the Mac OS chapter in the docs.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34191
diff changeset
2261 lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support. See the
10c8428f0fd1 Point to the Mac OS chapter in the docs.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34191
diff changeset
2262 "Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
10c8428f0fd1 Point to the Mac OS chapter in the docs.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34191
diff changeset
2263 description of aspects specific to the Mac.
32428
e67d8ebd2b24 windows/mac non-support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32314
diff changeset
2264
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2265 ** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2266 new display features described below.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2267
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
2268
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
2269 * Changes in Emacs 21.1
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
2270
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2271 ** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2272
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2273 The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2274 Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2275 oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2276 of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2277 the text.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2278
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2279 ** Emacs has a new face implementation.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2280
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2281 The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2282 font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2283 height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2284 These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2285 specify a font.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2286
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2287 Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2288 These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2289 under Lisp changes, below.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2290
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2291 ** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2292
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2293 Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2294 Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2295 the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2296 italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2297 Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2298 attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2299 on terminals.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2300
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2301 The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2302 supported on character terminals.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2303
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2304 Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2305 the colors supported by the terminal. This means you could have the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2306 same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2307 a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2308
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2309 ** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2310
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2311 ** Sound support
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2312
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2313 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2314 driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2315 supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
39075
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
2316 You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
2317 sound support.
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2318
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2319 ** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2320
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2321 If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2322 longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2323 is on a frame of its own. You can control resizing and the maximum
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2324 minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2325
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2326 - User option: max-mini-window-height
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2327
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2328 Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2329 fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2330 specifies a number of lines.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2331
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2332 Default is 0.25.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2333
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2334 - User option: resize-mini-windows
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2335
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2336 How to resize mini-windows. If nil, don't resize. If t, always
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2337 resize to fit the size of the text. If `grow-only', let mini-windows
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2338 grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2339 again.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2340
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2341 Default is `grow-only'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2342
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2343 ** LessTif support.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2344
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2345 Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
37155
28fe777ce995 Change version of LessTif that's required.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37077
diff changeset
2346 <http://www.lesstif.org>). You will need version 0.92.26, or later.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2347
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2348 ** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2349
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2350 When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2351 from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2352 non-nil.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2353
39485
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
2354 ** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
2355
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
2356 When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
2357 now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
2358 file to visit. File->Save As also pops up that dialog.
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
2359
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2360 ** Toolkit scroll bars.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2361
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2362 Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available. When configured for
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2363 LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar. Otherwise, when
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2364 configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2365 bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2366 bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2367 Emacs.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2368
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2369 When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2370 Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2371 Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2372 Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2373 define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2374 `s/freebsd.h' as an example.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2375
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2376 Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2377 a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2378 directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2379 different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2380 system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2381 add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2382
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2383 The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2384 `float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2385 This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
37156
f59630066b4b Fix a typo.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37155
diff changeset
2386 imake configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2387 Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2388
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2389 ** Tool bar support.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2390
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2391 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2392 of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2393 changes. Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2394 displayed and is on by default. The appearance of the bar is improved
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2395 if Emacs has been built with XPM image support. Otherwise monochrome
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2396 icons will be used.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2397
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2398 To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
41439
7a15f05f14e2 Remove sentence about contributions to PBM icons.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41437
diff changeset
2399 for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2400
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2401 ** Tooltips.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2402
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2403 Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2404 mouse position. The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them. You can
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2405 turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2406
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2407 Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2408 variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2409 the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2410 tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2411
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2412 ** Automatic Hscrolling
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2413
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2414 Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2415 `automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2416 customized.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2417
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2418 If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2419 scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2420 for automatic horizontal scrolling. Automatic scrolling will scroll
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2421 the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2422 to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2423
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2424 ** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2425 of its own. By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2426 solid; otherwise, it is hollow. The user-option
37228
21998919cfe9 show-cursor-in-non-selected-windows is no cursor-in-non-selected-windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37222
diff changeset
2427 `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2428 cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is shown, if
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2429 non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2430
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2431 ** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2432 truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2433 foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2434 customizing face `fringe'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2435
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2436 ** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2437 You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2438 In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2439 appearance of the mode line. (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2440 occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2441 the window to be partially obscured.)
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2442
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2443 The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
38832
ce6b6f1fd86f Correct description of `mode-line-inverse-video'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 38649
diff changeset
2444 versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
ce6b6f1fd86f Correct description of `mode-line-inverse-video'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 38649
diff changeset
2445 However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
ce6b6f1fd86f Correct description of `mode-line-inverse-video'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 38649
diff changeset
2446 ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2447
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2448 ** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2449
36848
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
2450 Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
2451 systems which support the mouse. Moving the mouse to a
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
2452 mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
2453 mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
2454 displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
2455 have enabled one.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2456
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2457 Currently, the following actions have been defined:
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2458
40916
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
2459 - Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
2460
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
2461 - Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2462
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2463 - Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2464 `*') toggles the status.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2465
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2466 - Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2467
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2468 ** Hourglass pointer
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2469
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2470 Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X. You can
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2471 turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2472
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2473 ** Blinking cursor
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2474
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2475 M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2476 terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2477 and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2478 the group `cursor'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2479
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2480 ** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2481
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2482 This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2483 generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2484 See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2485 details.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2486
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2487 Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2488 have to do anything to activate it.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2489
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2490 ** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2491
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2492 The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2493 determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2494
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2495 On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2496 according to the keyboard used. If the keyboard has both a Backspace
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2497 key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2498 option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2499 delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward. On
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2500 keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2501 keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2502 set to nil, and these keys delete backward.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2503
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2504 If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2505 a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2506 Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2507 `keyboard-translate'. The former functionality of C-h is available on
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2508 the F1 key. You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2509 terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2510
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2511 Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2512 to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2513
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2514 ** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2515 changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2516 buffer by default.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2517
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2518 ** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2519 current line, respectively. C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2520 beginning and end of the buffer.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2521
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2522 ** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files. If the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2523 recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2524 signaled.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2525
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2526 ** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2527 file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2528
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2529 ** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2530 compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2531 this behavior.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2532
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2533 The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2534 compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2535 Emacs dump core.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2536
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2537 ** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2538
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2539 When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2540 widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2541 Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2542
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2543 ** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2544 more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2545 now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2546
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2547 ** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2548 using that menu.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2549
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2550 ** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2551
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2552 When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2553 whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2554 defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2555 highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2556 displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2557 whitespace.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2558
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2559 ** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2560 all frames except the selected one.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2561
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2562 ** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2563 let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2564
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2565 ** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2566 header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2567 so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2568 This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2569 `Info-use-header-line'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2570
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2571 ** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2572 have been added. They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2573 `de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'. Postscript files are included.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2574
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2575 ** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2576
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2577 ** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2578 `dired-ref.tex'. A French translation is available in
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2579 `fr-drdref.tex'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2580
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2581 ** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2582 displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2583 menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2584 menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2585
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2586 ** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
38067
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
2587
38107
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 38102
diff changeset
2588 You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
38067
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
2589 because it now contains a version-dependent component. You can still
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
2590 use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
2591 `~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2592
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2593 ** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2594 point in a pop-up window.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2595
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2596 ** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2597 under XFree86. To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2598 customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2599
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2600 The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2601 determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2602
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2603 ** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2604 sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2605 (On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
37365
cf22cb863f75 Fix a typo in auto-save-list-file-prefix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37289
diff changeset
2606 You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2607
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2608 ** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
2609
34271
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
2610 ** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
2611 to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
2612
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
2613 ** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
33990
d9a19778f425 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33913
diff changeset
2614 trailing whitespace within the current restriction. You can also add
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
2615 this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
2616
33559
c6a08bfab7fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33541
diff changeset
2617 ** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
2618 be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
2619 non-nil.
33559
c6a08bfab7fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33541
diff changeset
2620
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
2621 ** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
2622 set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
2623 file that is already visited under a different name.
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
2624
31807
db5ea3d2a1b4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31742
diff changeset
2625 ** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
db5ea3d2a1b4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31742
diff changeset
2626 nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
db5ea3d2a1b4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31742
diff changeset
2627
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
2628 ** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
32280
e3b6714d835d Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 32266
diff changeset
2629 and displays information about that.
31248
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
2630
30693
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2631 ** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2632 expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2633
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2634 This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2635 determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2636 mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2637 interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2638 regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2639 associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
2640
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
2641 ** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
2642 suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
2643
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2644 ** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2645 buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2646 contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2647 by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2648 insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2649 the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2650 Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
2651
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2652 ** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2653 been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2654
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2655 ** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2656 system for keyboard input.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2657
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
2658 ** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
2659 coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
2660 escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
2661 such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
2662 recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
2663 always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
2664 read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
2665 (`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
2666 RET C-x C-f filename RET.
30205
e596e66d3044 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30203
diff changeset
2667
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2668 ** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2669 environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2670
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2671 ** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2672 displays all characters in that character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2673
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2674 ** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2675 coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2676
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2677 ** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2678 and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2679 LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2680
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2681 ** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2682 Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2683 8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2684 GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2685 8859-15. See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2686 There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2687 and Polish `slash'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2688
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2689 ** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2690 These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2691 of the tutorial.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2692
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2693 ** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2694 function keys are changed as follows. This is to conform to "Emacs
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2695 Lisp Coding Convention".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2696
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2697 new command old-binding
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2698 --- ------- -----------
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2699 f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer f5
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2700 S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region f5
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2701 C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2702
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2703 f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2704 S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2705 C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2706
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2707 S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation f3
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2708 S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel f6
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2709 S-f7 ethio-replace-space f7
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2710 S-f8 ethio-input-special-character f8
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2711 S-f9 ethio-replace-space unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2712 C-f9 ethio-toggle-space f2
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2713
39885
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
2714 ** There are new Leim input methods.
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
2715 New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
2716 "greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
2717 package.
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
2718
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2719 ** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed. Now the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2720 rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2721 typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively. Rules for translating
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2722 "=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted. Now, to input
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2723 "`", you must type "=q".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2724
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2725 ** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2726 8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2727 more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2728 empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2729 window system). Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2730 on.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2731
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
2732 ** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
31026
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
2733 on the context. M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
33411
a873b191d4c5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33373
diff changeset
2734 defined in newcomment.el. You can choose different styles of region
a873b191d4c5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33373
diff changeset
2735 commenting with the variable `comment-style'.
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
2736
28799
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
2737 ** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
2738 `display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
2739 indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
2740 indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
2741
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2742 ** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2743 on the display using several methods
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2744
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2745 - By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2746 a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2747 be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2748
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2749 - By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is
33838
415baa3f1914 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 33796
diff changeset
2750 equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2751
28870
b3629cc23098 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28855
diff changeset
2752 - By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2753
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2754 - By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2755 the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
2756
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
2757 ** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
2758 an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
2759 command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
2760 does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
2761
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
2762 ** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
28757
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
2763 `make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
2764 typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
2765
28396
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
2766 ** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
2767 characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
2768
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
2769 ** New X resources recognized
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2770
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
2771 *** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
2772 whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
2773 is useful for debugging X problems.
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
2774
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
2775 Example:
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
2776
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
2777 emacs.synchronous: true
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
2778
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2779 *** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2780 visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2781 the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2782 and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2783 visual class names are
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2784
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2785 TrueColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2786 PseudoColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2787 DirectColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2788 StaticColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2789 GrayScale
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2790 StaticGray
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2791
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2792 Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2793 `pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2794 meaning.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2795
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2796 The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2797 supported on your display, and which depths they have. If
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2798 `visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2799 visual.
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2800
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2801 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2802
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
2803 emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2804
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2805 *** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2806 specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2807 default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2808 resource values are `true' or `on'.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
2809
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2810 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2811
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
2812 emacs.privateColormap: true
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
2813
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 ** Faces and frame parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 `scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 `scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 `default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2826 `foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 `default' face and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828
25951
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
2829 ** New face `menu'.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
2830
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
2831 The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
2832
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833 ** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 the screen gamma of a frame's display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 `ScreenGamma'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 ** Tabs and variable-width text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 ** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 *** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859
28677
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
2860 The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
2861 LessTif/Motif one.
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
2862
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
2863 *** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
2864 LessTif and Motif.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 ** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 `x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 ** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2873 bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 `indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 ** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
33624
a4bef8dfb930 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 33620
diff changeset
2882 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
2884 fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
2887 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
2889 fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2891 ** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2892 M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2893 M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2894 buffers.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2895
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2896 ** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2897
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2898 ** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2899 abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2900 `directory-abbrev-alist'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2901
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2902 ** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2903 the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2904 forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2905 value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2906 users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2907 even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2908
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2909 The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2910
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 ** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 notably at the end of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916
37446
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2917 ** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2918
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2919 ** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2920 but inserts text instead of replacing it.
35640
6ed788afc91f Document the incompatible change in string-rectangle.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35578
diff changeset
2921
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 ** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924 after each match to get the replacement text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
2926 ** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
2927 you edit the replacement string.
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
2928
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2929 ** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2930 (if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2931 in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
2932
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2933 ** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2934
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2935 ** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2936 to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2937
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2938 ** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2939 the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2940 MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2941 displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2942
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2943 --
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2944 ** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2945 read mail from the menu etc.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2946
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2947 ** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2948 This environment variable was used when creating lock files. Emacs on
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2949 MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore. This change was made
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2950 before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2951
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2952 ** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2953 MS-DOS version of Emacs.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2954
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2955 ** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2956 of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2957 This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2958 correctly. One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2959 but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2960 of Emacs.
29676
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
2961
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 ** Customize changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 *** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2965 `State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2966 M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value. Note that
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2967 customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2968 earlier versions of Emacs.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 *** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971 Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 default).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973
37901
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2974 *** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2975 does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2976 file. This is because saving customizations from such a session would
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2977 wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2978 file.
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2979
43061
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2980 ** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2981 does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2982 avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2983 already in your init file.
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2984
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 ** New features in evaluation commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
2987 *** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988 modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
38562
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2989 print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2991 eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2992
38562
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2993 The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2994 respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2995 the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2996 the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...' is
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2997 printed).
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2998
38590
7c2e49c3cf0a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38573
diff changeset
2999 <RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
7c2e49c3cf0a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38573
diff changeset
3000 printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
38573
37d0e44d564c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38562
diff changeset
3001
38562
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
3002 The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
3003 during evaluation produces a backtrace.
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
3004
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
3005 *** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
3006 code when called with a prefix argument.
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
3007
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3008 ** CC mode changes.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3009
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3010 Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3011 current user setups (although it's believed that these
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3012 incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3013 However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3014 back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3015 compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3016 release.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3017
37009
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3018 *** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3019 CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3020 is entered. This has now been removed since it caused too much
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3021 confusion.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3022
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3023 However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3024 default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3025 java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before). So you won't
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3026 notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3027
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3028 *** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3029 Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3030
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3031 space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3032 parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3033
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3034 compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3035 parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3036 It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3037 style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3038
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3039 *** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3040 Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3041 "electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3042 earlier statement. An example:
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3043
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3044 for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3045 if (a[i])
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3046 res += a[i]->offset;
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3047 else
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3048
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3049 Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3050 continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3051 the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3052 possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3053 the preceding "if".
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3054
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3055 CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3056 by default.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3057
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3058 *** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3059 Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3060 meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3061 documentation or other natural language text.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3062
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3063 The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3064 contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3065 the short strings that often reside inside statements. Multiline
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3066 strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3067 to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3068 commands, etc. Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3069 sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3070
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3071 *** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3072 Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3073 source, like Javadoc in Java. Pike mode now recognize this markup in
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3074 comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3075
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3076 *** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3077 When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3078 line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does. This
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3079 change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3080 Pike mode only.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3081
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3082 *** Better handling of syntactic errors.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3083 The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3084 improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3085 stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3086 following lines in a sane way (most of the time). An "else" with no
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3087 matching "if" is handled similarly. If an error is discovered while
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3088 indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3089 is reported afterwards.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3090
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3091 *** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3092 A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3093 returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3094
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3095 *** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3096 Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3097 on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3098 can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble. Some
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3099 code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3100 modularity somewhat. Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3101 groundwork.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
3102
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3103 *** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3104 This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3105 of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3106 non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3107 want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3108 have to bother.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3109
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3110 Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3111 situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
30445
507cbd3f9296 Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30415
diff changeset
3112 and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3113 If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3114 the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3115 by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
3116
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3117 *** New initialization procedure for the style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3118 When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3119 variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3120 take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3121 is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3122 settings would override the global settings. This change makes it
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3123 possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3124 Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3125
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3126 By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3127 special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3128 the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3129 of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3130 above.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3131
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3132 Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3133 when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3134 function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3135 call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3136 then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3137 values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3138 only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3139 function documentation for more info.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3140
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3141 The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3142 especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3143 with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3144 intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3145 such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3146 is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3147 configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3148 global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3149
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3150 (Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3151
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3152 **** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3153 This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3154
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3155 This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3156 variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3157 completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3158 the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3159 empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3160 style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3161
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3162 **** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3163 In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3164 c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3165 as far as possible.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3166
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3167 *** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3168 CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3169 surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3170 chapter about this in the manual.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3171
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3172 **** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3173 The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3174 recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3175 primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3176 adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3177
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3178 **** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3179 This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3180 c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3181
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3182 **** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3183 This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3184
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3185 It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3186 Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3187 A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3188 inside CC Mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3189
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3190 Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3191 causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3192 the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3193 available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3194 cc-mode/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3195
38894
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
3196 **** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
3197 `c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
3198 enders were filled, are not used anymore. The new version of the
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
3199 function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
3200 they were before the filling.
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
3201
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3202 **** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3203 The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3204 specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3205 literals.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3206
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3207 **** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3208 It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3209 prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3210 you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3211 this function.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3212
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3213 *** Fixes to IDL mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3214 It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3215 to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3216 struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3217 Thanks to Eric Eide.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3218
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3219 *** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3220 It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3221 opening braces hangs and when they don't.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3222
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3223 **** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3224
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3225 *** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3226 See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3227 better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3228 and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3229
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3230 *** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3231 previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3232 the column specified by comment-column.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3233
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3234 *** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3235 In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3236 is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3237 prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3238 contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3239 don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3240
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3241 *** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3242 instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3243 arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3244
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3245 *** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3246
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3247 *** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3248 c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3249 c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3250 variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3251 Provan).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3252
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3253 *** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
3254
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3255 ** Dired changes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3256
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3257 *** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3258 command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3259 is, delete only empty directories.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3260
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3261 *** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3262 command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3263 copy directories recursively.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3264
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3265 *** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3266 in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3267 the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3268
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3269 *** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3270 replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3271 directory.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3272
38989
6dcbf4154ff0 Change key for dired-show-file-type to `y'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38938
diff changeset
3273 *** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3274 a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3275 This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3276 will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3277 accurate or inaccurate as it is.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3278
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3279 *** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3280 from ls switches.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3281
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3282 *** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3283 of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3284 which the user can then edit. This only works if there is a single
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3285 source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3286
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3287 ** Gnus changes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3288
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3289 The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3290 four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3291 internationalization and mail-fetching.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3292
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3293 *** The mail-fetching functions have changed. See the manual for the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3294 many details. In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3295
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3296 If you used procmail like in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3297
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3298 (setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3299 (setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3300 (setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3301 (setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3302
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3303 this now has changed to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3304
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3305 (setq mail-sources
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3306 '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3307 :suffix ".in")))
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3308
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3309 More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3310 Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3311
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3312 *** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader. This affects many parts of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3313 Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands. See the manual for details.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3314 Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3315 longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3316
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3317 The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3318 use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3319 installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3320
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3321 *** Gnus has also been multilingualized. This also affects too many
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3322 parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables. There
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3323 are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3324 now just a compatibility layer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3325
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
3326 *** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
3327 Gnus facilities.
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
3328
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3329 *** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3330 called to position point.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3331
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3332 *** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3333 summary buffers and NOV files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3334
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3335 *** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed. Instead, a number
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3336 of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3337
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3338 *** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3339 subtly different manner.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3340
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3341 *** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3342 and nnultimate. nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3343 ever-changing layouts.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3344
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3345 *** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3346
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3347 *** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3348
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3349 ** Changes in Texinfo mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3350
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3351 *** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3352 macros
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3353
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3354 Key binding Macro
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3355 -------------------------
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3356 C-c C-c C-s @strong
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3357 C-c C-c C-e @emph
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3358 C-c C-c u @uref
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3359 C-c C-c q @quotation
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3360 C-c C-c m @email
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3361 C-c C-o @<block> ... @end <block>
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3362 M-RET @item
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3363
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3364 *** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3365
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3366 ** Changes in Outline mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3367
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3368 There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3369 `outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3370 the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3371
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3372 ** Changes to Emacs Server
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3373
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3374 *** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3375 with buffers when done with them. If non-nil, the default, buffers
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3376 are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3377 Emacs Server. If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3378 buffers to kill, as before.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3379
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3380 Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3381 i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3382 this way.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3383
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3384 ** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3385 of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3386
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3387 ** Changes to Show Paren mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3388
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3389 *** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3390 The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3391 use. Default is 1000.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3392
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3393 ** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3394 groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3395
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3396 ** Changes to hideshow.el
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3397
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3398 *** Generalized block selection and traversal
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3399
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3400 A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3401 and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3402 serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3403 See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3404
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3405 *** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3406 hidden blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' can
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3407 be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3408 the open block.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3409
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3410 *** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3411 function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3412 the normal block-hiding function.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3413
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3414 *** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3415
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3416 *** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3417 roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode. Notably, the prefix
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3418 for all bindings is now `C-c @'. For details, see the documentation
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3419 for `hs-minor-mode'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3420
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3421 *** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3422 hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3423
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3424 ** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3425
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3426 *** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3427 an entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3428 log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3429
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3430 **** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3431 current buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3432
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3433 *** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3434 in a log file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3435
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3436 *** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3437 entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3438 Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3439 version number is performed based on regular expressions from
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3440 `change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3441 Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3442
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3443 *** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3444
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3445 ** Changes to cmuscheme
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3446
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3447 *** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3448 `cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3449
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3450 ** Changes in Font Lock
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3451
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3452 *** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3453 font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3454
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3455 *** Multi-line patterns are now supported. Modes using this, should
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3456 set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3457
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3458 *** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3459 the face used for each string/comment.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3460
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3461 *** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3462 Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3463
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3464 ** Changes to Shell mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3465
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3466 *** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3467 to use, which defaults to "*shell*". When used interactively, a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3468 non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3469 prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3470
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3471 ** Comint (subshell) changes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3472
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3473 These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3474 include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3475
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3476 *** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3477 Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3478 BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3479 beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3480 respectively). This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3481 the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3482
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3483 *** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3484 to distinguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3485 parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3486 user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3487 this information. Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3488 respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner. To disable this
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3489 feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3490 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3491
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3492 *** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3493 and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3494
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3495 *** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3496 buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3497 buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3498
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3499 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3500 M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3501 the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3502
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3503 *** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3504 and support choosing previous input with mouse-2. To control these features,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3505 see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3506
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3507 *** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3508 saves the output from the most recent command to a file. With a prefix
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3509 argument, it appends to the file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3510
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3511 *** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3512 (usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3513 compatibility.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3514
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3515 *** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3516 ring (history).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3517
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3518 *** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3519 identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3520 strings, starting with a `#'. The default value of this variable is "^#".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3521
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3522 ** Changes to Rmail mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3523
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3524 *** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3525 set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3526 receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3527 recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3528 `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3529 as correspondent.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3530
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3531 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3532 mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3533 regexp matching your mail addresses.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3534
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3535 *** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3536 to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3537 Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3538 with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3539 for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3540
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3541 *** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3542 like `j'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3543
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3544 *** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3545 specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3546 digest message.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3547
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3548 *** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3549 in which folder to put messages automatically.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3550
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3551 *** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3552 with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3553 due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3554
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3555 ** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3556 an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3557
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
3558 ** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
3559 use the -f option when sending mail.
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
3560
39300
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3561 ** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3562 current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3563 the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3564 This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3565 by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3566 displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3567
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3568 If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3569 other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3570 `rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
3571
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3572 ** Changes to TeX mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3573
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3574 *** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3575 `latex-mode'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3576
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3577 *** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3578
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3579 *** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3580
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3581 *** Added support for outline-minor-mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3582
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3583 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3584
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3585 *** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3586 created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3587 Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3588 macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3589 sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3590 can be edited from that buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3591
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3592 *** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3593 items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3594 `A' to use all marked entries).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3595
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3596 *** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3597 memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3598
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3599 *** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3600 in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3601 to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3602 been cited.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3603
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3604 ** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3605 The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3606 semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3607 in column 1 are always made leaves.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3608
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3609 ** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3610 has the following new features:
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3611
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3612 *** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3613 may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3614 to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3615 time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3616
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3617 *** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3618 feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3619 file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3620 compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3621 pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3622 defaults to 1.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3623
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3624 ** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3625 file names.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3626
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3627 ** Ispell changes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3628
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3629 *** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3630 transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3631 spell-checks the current buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3632
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3633 *** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3634 added.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3635
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3636 *** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3637 correction is made and re-checked.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3638
49799
8cdcf1a04744 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49766
diff changeset
3639 *** Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definitions have been added.
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3640
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3641 *** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3642 cases.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3643
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3644 *** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3645 on syntax errors.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3646
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3647 *** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3648 end of the buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3649
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3650 *** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3651
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3652 ** Makefile mode changes
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3653
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3654 *** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3655
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
3656 *** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3657 Fontlock mode is active.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3658
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3659 ** Isearch changes
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3660
30477
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
3661 *** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
3662 so that searches can be resumed.
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
3663
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
3664 *** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3665 respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3666 that started the search.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
3667
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3668 *** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669 selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3671 *** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3672
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
3673 Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3674 `isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3675 search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3676 before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3677 highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
3678 `secondary-selection'.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3679
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3680 The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3681 will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3682 Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3683 using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3684 usual snappy response.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3685
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3686 If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3687 matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3688 set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3689 isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
3690
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3691 ** VC Changes
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3692
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3693 VC has been overhauled internally. It is now modular, making it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3694 easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends. (See Lisp
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3695 Changes for details on the new structure.) As a result, the mechanism
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3696 to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3697 changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3698 `vc-handled-backends'. Its value is a list of symbols that identify
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3699 version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS). When finding a file,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3700 each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3701 file is registered in that backend.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3702
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3703 When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3704 backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3705 directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3706 master files exists). If none of the backends is responsible, then
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3707 the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3708 As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3709
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3710 The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3711 still supports it for backward compatibility. To define templates for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3712 RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3713 vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates. (There is no such feature under CVS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3714 where it doesn't make sense.)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3715
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3716 The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3717 obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3718 `CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3719
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3720 *** General Changes
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3721
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3722 The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3723 checks are always done now.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3724
31858
269d69b69fe4 Update hideshow.el section.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 31827
diff changeset
3725 VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3726 operations.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3727
33111
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3728 `vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3729 `vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3730 `vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3731
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3732 The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3733 first revision number. This means that any recent changes on the
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3734 current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3735 the working file (``merge news'').
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3736
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3737 The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3738 (vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3739 downwards.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3740
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3741 *** Multiple Backends
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3742
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3743 VC now lets you register files in more than one backend. This is
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3744 useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3745 repository. You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3746 commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3747 local RCS archives.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3748
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3749 To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3750 should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3751 backend (CVS) should come later. (The default value of
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3752 `vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3753
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3754 You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3755 C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3756 a revision number). VC registers the file in the more local backend
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3757 if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3758 current revision number from the more remote backend.
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3759
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3760 If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3761 another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend). This does not change
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3762 any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file. Use this to
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3763 pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3764
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3765 After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3766 changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET. In this case, the
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3767 local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3768 buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3769
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3770 *** Changes for CVS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3771
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3772 There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'. If it is `t' (the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3773 default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3774 remote repositories. The state of such files is then only determined
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3775 by heuristics and past information. `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3776 regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3777 that match it are treated locally. If the variable is nil, then VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3778 queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3779
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3780 If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3781 repository versions. This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3782 revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3783 any repository interactions at all. The name of a local version
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3784 backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3785 number. This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3786 (vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot. As a matter
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3787 of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3788 the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
33862
09fdef086f4d C-c C-c u in Texinfo now produces @uref, not @url.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 33838
diff changeset
3789 automatically after commit. (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
09fdef086f4d C-c C-c u in Texinfo now produces @uref, not @url.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 33838
diff changeset
3790 since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
09fdef086f4d C-c C-c u in Texinfo now produces @uref, not @url.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 33838
diff changeset
3791 name.)
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3792
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3793 If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3794 repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3795 If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3796 commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3797 current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3798 entire directory tree.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3799
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3800 The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3801 "cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'. (This option
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3802 is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3803 "watched" by other developers.)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3804
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3805 The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3806 (vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS. If you give
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3807 an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3808 starting at the given directory.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
3809
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3810 *** Lisp Changes in VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3811
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3812 VC has been restructured internally to make it modular. You can now
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3813 add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3814 library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3815 then telling VC to use that library. For example, to add support for
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3816 a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3817 provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3818 of vc.el for a detailed list of them). To make VC use that library,
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3819 you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
3820 `SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
3821
36525
cb77fd8249b6 Change the `***' for the EDT entry to `**'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36470
diff changeset
3822 ** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
35163
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
3823 SUBS command and EDT scroll margins. It also works with more
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
3824 terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
3825 See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
3826
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 ** New modes and packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828
34394
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
3829 *** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
3830 automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
3831 the default is not applicable.
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
3832
33618
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3833 *** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3834 rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard. The
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3835 shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3836
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3837 Features are:
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3838
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3839 - Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3840 drawn, like this: | \ /
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
3841 --+-- X
33618
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3842 | / \
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3843
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3844 - Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3845 result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse. If
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3846 your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3847 pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off. You will
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3848 then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3849 you are drawing.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3850
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3851 - Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3852 poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3853
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3854 - Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3855 flood-filling.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3856
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3857 - Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3858 regions. Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3859 turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3860 artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
3861
33618
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3862 - Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3863 also do without the mouse.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3864
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3865 - Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3866 reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3867 and circles are then drawn square/round. Note, that once your
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3868 ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3869 the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3870
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3871 - Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3872
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3873 lines straight-lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3874 rectangles squares
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3875 poly-lines straight poly-lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3876 ellipses circles
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3877 text (see-thru) text (overwrite)
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3878 spray-can setting size for spraying
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3879 vaporize line vaporize lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3880 erase characters erase rectangles
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3881
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3882 Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3883 diagonally. Plain lines go in any direction. The operations in
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3884 the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3885 drawing.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3886
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3887 It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3888 (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3889 straight and connected at their endpoints. Vaporizing is inspired
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3890 by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3891
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3892 - Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3893 can be turned off).
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
3894
32448
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3895 *** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3896 implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp. Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3897 It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3898 functions and external commands using the same syntax. It supports
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3899 history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc. It
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3900 will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to. And since most of
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3901 the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3902 rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3903 all within the scope of your Emacs process.
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3904
30781
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3905 *** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3906 intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3907 typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3908 on certain projects.
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3909
35927
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3910 *** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3911 of interactively entered regexps. For example,
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
3912
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
3913 M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3914
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3915 will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3916 face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3917 typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3918 Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3919 appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3920 current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
35927
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3921 corresponding file is read. There are commands to highlight matches
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3922 to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3923
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
3924 *** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3925 Emacs is idle.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3926
38099
3255cb9d0be2 Mention tildify.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38067
diff changeset
3927 *** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
3255cb9d0be2 Mention tildify.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38067
diff changeset
3928 fragments in accordance with the current major mode.
3255cb9d0be2 Mention tildify.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38067
diff changeset
3929
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3930 *** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3931 parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3932
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3933 *** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3934 package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3935 be more robust while offering the same functionality.
33913
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
3936 `comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
3937 comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3938
28879
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3939 *** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3940 facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3941 separate Texinfo file.
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3942
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3943 *** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3944 by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3945 provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS. It comes with
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3946 `log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
3947 enter check-in log messages.
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3948
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3949 *** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3950 without invoking external programs.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3951
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3952 The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3953 and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3954 `manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3955 is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
28955
6cfd3ddf0911 Correct a typo in description of `woman.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28946
diff changeset
3956 Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3957
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3958 The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3959 page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3960
28098
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3961 *** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3962 authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3963
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3964 The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3965 the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3966 the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3967 Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3968 even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3969 single step.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3970
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3971 On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3972 matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3973 probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3974 contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3975
27644
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3976 *** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3977 unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3978 actually modifying content of a buffer.
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3979
27498
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3980 *** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3981 PostScript.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3982
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3983 Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3984
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3985 The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3986
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3987 ; comment (until end of line)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3988 A non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3989 "C" terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3990 ?C? special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3991 $A default non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3992 $"C" default terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3993 $?C? default special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3994 A = B. production (A is the header and B the body)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3995 C D sequence (C occurs before D)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3996 C | D alternative (C or D occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3997 A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3998 n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3999 (C) group (expression C is grouped together)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4000 [C] optional (C may or not occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4001 C+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4002 {C}+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4003 {C}* zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4004 {C} zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4005 C / D equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4006 {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4007 {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4008 {C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4009
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4010 Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
4011
27328
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
4012 *** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
4013 align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
4014 determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
4015 example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
4016 equal signs of assignments.
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
4017
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
4018 *** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
4019 paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
4020
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
4021 *** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
4022 list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4023 buffer menu with this package. See the Custom group `bs'.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
4024
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
4025 *** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
4026
27733
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
4027 *** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
4028 replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
4029 is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
4030 and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
4031 not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
4032 which answers different needs.
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
4033
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
4034 *** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
4035 suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
4036 expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
4037 course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
4038 reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
4039 to be enabled.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
4040
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
4041 *** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
4042 containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
4043
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 *** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045
38938
0815e13f099e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38925
diff changeset
4046 *** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
0815e13f099e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38925
diff changeset
4047 current line in the current buffer. It also provides
46989
eeab5bdaffa2 Fix typos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46962
diff changeset
4048 `global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behavior in all buffers.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 *** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051
35578
f499794dc393 flyspell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35577
diff changeset
4052 Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
31936
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
4053 `global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
4054 disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
4055 `comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers. This
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
4056 displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
4057 and background colors.
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
4058
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 *** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 Pascal) language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 *** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 the text at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 *** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066
25862
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
4067 *** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
4068
35163
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
4069 *** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
4070 whitespace in a file.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071
25992
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4072 *** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4073 files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4074 (very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4075 interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4076 often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4077 uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4078 codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4079
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4080 *** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4081
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4082 Here is an example of columns:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4083
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4084 horse apple bus
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4085 dog pineapple car EXTRA
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4086 porcupine strawberry airplane
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4087
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4088 Doing the following settings:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4089
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4090 (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4091 (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4092 (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4093 (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4094
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4095
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4096 Selecting the lines above and typing:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4097
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4098 M-x delimit-columns-region
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4099
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4100 It results:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4101
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4102 [ horse , apple , bus , ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4103 [ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4104 [ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4105
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4106 delim-col has the following options:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4107
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4108 delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4109 before all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4110
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4111 delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4112 between each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4113
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4114 delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4115 after all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4116
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4117 delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4118 each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4119
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4120 delim-col has the following commands:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4121
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4122 delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4123 delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
4124
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4125 *** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4126 operated on recently. User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4127 menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4128 recent file list can be displayed:
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
4129
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
4130 - organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4131 - sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4132 - showing paths relative to the current default-directory
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
4133
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
4134 The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
4135 dynamically change the menu appearance.
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
4136
26149
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
4137 *** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
4138 text.
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
4139
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
4140 *** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
26786
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
4141 of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
4142 specific to Message mode.
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
4143
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
4144 *** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
4145 viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
4146 with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
4147
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
4148 *** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
4149 interface to access directory servers using different directory
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
4150 protocols. It has a separate manual.
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
4151
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
4152 *** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
4153 for Autoconf, selected automatically.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
4154
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4155 *** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
28855
1be9a502caca Cleaned some left over bogus conflict markers.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28854
diff changeset
4156
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4157 *** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4158 minibuffer with completion.
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
4159
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
4160 *** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
4161 with the diary features.
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
4162
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
4163 *** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
4164 numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
4165
29814
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
4166 *** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
4167 Fill mode.
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
4168
33020
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
4169 *** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
4170 facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer. The main
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
4171 difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
4172 they can be profiled, debugged, etc.
32465
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
4173
38379
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
4174 *** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
4175 It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
4176 `.g'.
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
4177
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4178 ** Changes in sort.el
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4179
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4180 The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4181 as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4182 new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4183 numeric base.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4184
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4185 ** Changes to Ange-ftp
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4186
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4187 *** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4188 names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4189 sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4190
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4191 *** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4192 ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4193
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4194 *** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4195 output ^M at the end of lines.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4196
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4197 ** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4198 mode `iswitchb-mode'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4199
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4200 ** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4201 If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4202 `(msb-mode 1)'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4203
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4204 ** Flyspell mode has various new options. See the `flyspell' Custom
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4205 group.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4206
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4207 ** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4208 behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'. The following values
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4209 are recognized:
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4210
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4211 `untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4212 `hungry' -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4213 `all' -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4214 nil -- just delete one character.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4215
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4216 Default value is `untabify'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4217
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4218 [This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4219
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4220 ** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4221 symbol, not double-quoted.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4222
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4223 ** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4224 version. They are: auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4225 profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc. Their implementations have been
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4226 moved to lisp/obsolete.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4227
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4228 ** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4229 To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4230 `auto-compression-mode' command.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4231
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4232 ** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4233 `browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4234 `browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4235
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4236 ** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4237 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4238
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4239 ** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4240 operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4241
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4242 ** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'. It
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4243 is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4244
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4245 ** The Strokes package has been updated. If your Emacs has XPM
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4246 support, you can use it for pictographic editing. In Strokes mode,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4247 use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4248 buffer. You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4249 M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer. There is a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4250 new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4251
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4252 ** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4253 a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4254
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4255 ** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4256
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4257 The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4258 file you are visiting in Hexl mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4259
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4260 ** Shell script mode changes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4261
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4262 Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4263 derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizable, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4264 sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4265
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4266 ** Etags changes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4267
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4268 *** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4269
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4270 *** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4271 possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4272 {lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4273 This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4274 a regular expression. The manual contains details.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4275
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4276 *** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4277 declarations when given the --declarations option.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4278
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4279 *** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4280 "operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4281
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4282 *** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4283 automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4284 `template' keywords.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4285
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4286 *** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4287 C-like languages. Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4288
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4289 *** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4290 types.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4291
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4292 *** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4293
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4294 *** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4295
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4296 *** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4297 are now tagged.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4298
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4299 *** In makefiles, tags the targets.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4300
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4301 *** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4302 variables are tagged.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4303
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4304 *** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4305
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4306 *** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4307 for PSWrap.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4308
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4309 ** Changes in etags.el
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4310
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4311 *** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4312 tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4313 is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4314
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4315 *** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4316 the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4317
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4318 If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4319 FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4320 TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4321 obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4322
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4323 TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4324
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4325 FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4326 List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4327
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4328 A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4329
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4330 '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4331 ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4332 ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4333
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4334 *** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4335 of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4336
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4337 *** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4338 names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4339
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4340 *** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4341 If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4342 /tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4343 "dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c". If the tag matches the file name,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4344 point will go to the beginning of the file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4345
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4346 *** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4347 auto-compression-mode is active. You can tag (with Etags) and search
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4348 (with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4349
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4350 *** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4351 in buffers where no match is found. In buffers where a match is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4352 found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4353
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4354 ** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4355 remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4356 appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4357
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4358 ** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4359
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4360 ** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4361
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4362 ** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4363 containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4364 expression from that list, are not checked.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4365
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4366 ** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4367 When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4368 and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4369 the buffer, just like for the local files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4370
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4371 ** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4372
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4373 ** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4374 displays local abbrevs, only.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
4375
33290
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
4376 ** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
4377 paragraphs filled as you modify them.
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
4378
38605
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
4379 ** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
4380 may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair. Its value
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
4381 is measured in pixels.
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
4382
33290
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
4383 ** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
4384 to be visited as images.
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
4385
39270
daf37eb76fde grep-command and grep-find-command user options.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39255
diff changeset
4386 ** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
daf37eb76fde grep-command and grep-find-command user options.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39255
diff changeset
4387 were added to compile.el.
daf37eb76fde grep-command and grep-find-command user options.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39255
diff changeset
4388
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389 ** Withdrawn packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 *** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392 functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
26133
5eb182b0c724 eval-reg removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26107
diff changeset
4393
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
4394 *** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
4395
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
4396 *** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
29102
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
4397
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
4398
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4399 * Incompatible Lisp changes
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4400
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4401 There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4402 may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
35421
adba111543f5 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35420
diff changeset
4403 See the sections below for details.
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4404
35297
e268b7b500f0 Changes for makefile support in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 35278
diff changeset
4405 ** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
4406 `(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
41091
418fff19f92e Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41055
diff changeset
4407 Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
418fff19f92e Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41055
diff changeset
4408 to remove the properties of the copy.
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4409
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4410 ** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4411 which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4412 may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4413 these properties are active.
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4414
34029
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
4415 ** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4416 ranges may affect some code.
34017
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
4417
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
4418 ** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
4419 buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
4420 make a difference to some code.
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
4421
34029
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
4422 ** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
4423 operates on the minibuffer.
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
4424
34087
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4425 ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4426 cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4427 different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4428 (previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4429 Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4430 character. This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4431 multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4432 encoding (auto-saving does that, for example). If a Lisp program
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4433 reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4434 sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4435 a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4436 the buffer as multibyte characters.
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4437
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4438 Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4439 MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'. `no-conversion' is only
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4440 appropriate for reading truly binary files.
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
4441
34617
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
4442 ** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
35242
910222f6a03c Tell them to use before-change-functions and after-change-functions
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35223
diff changeset
4443 `after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail. Use
910222f6a03c Tell them to use before-change-functions and after-change-functions
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35223
diff changeset
4444 `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.
34617
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
4445
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
4446 ** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
44087
c8f919cc34e2 Clarify that mapconcat will also throw an error when it invokes
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44072
diff changeset
4447 long promised. So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
c8f919cc34e2 Clarify that mapconcat will also throw an error when it invokes
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44072
diff changeset
4448 such as `mapconcat'.
34617
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
4449
38649
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
4450 ** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
4451 string.
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
4452
36244
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
4453 ** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
4454 extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
4455 dimension-2 private charset. User code which tries to add more than
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
4456 one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
4457 charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
4458 the emacs-mule encoding. Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
36470
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
4459 encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
4460 probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.
36113
1a29f6d22f6e Mention potential incompatibilities due to new dimension-2 charsets.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36039
diff changeset
4461
37077
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4462 ** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4463 Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4464 aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4465 not be used. It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4466 on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4467 behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable. It
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4468 turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4469 remove this variable in the near future. Lisp programs are well
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4470 advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
4471 will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.
37064
428092eb22d4 Document that directory-sep-char is deprecated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37061
diff changeset
4472
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
4473
29102
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
4474 * Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
4475 (Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
4476
39089
64e39b9789cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39075
diff changeset
4477 ** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.
64e39b9789cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39075
diff changeset
4478
41356
39332ec6c47d Fix typos.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41355
diff changeset
4479 ** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
38527
71c6489a2aff *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38471
diff changeset
4480 allows the animated display of strings.
71c6489a2aff *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38471
diff changeset
4481
37061
e5b70de7b794 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37009
diff changeset
4482 ** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
e5b70de7b794 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37009
diff changeset
4483 interactive form of a function.
e5b70de7b794 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37009
diff changeset
4484
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4485 ** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4486 between custom options. Example:
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4487
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4488 (defcustom default-input-method nil
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4489 "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4490 This is the input method activated automatically by the command
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4491 `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4492 :group 'mule
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4493 :type '(choice (const nil) string)
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4494 :set-after '(current-language-environment))
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4495
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4496 This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4497 current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4498 first in a custom-set-variables statement.
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4499
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
4500 ** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
35125
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
4501 function execute-kbd-macro. Functions on this hook are called with no
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
4502 args. The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
4503 (signal or normal termination).
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
4504
35090
b876bd6bde9e butlast, nbutlast.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35064
diff changeset
4505 ** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
b876bd6bde9e butlast, nbutlast.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35064
diff changeset
4506 from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.
b876bd6bde9e butlast, nbutlast.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35064
diff changeset
4507
34271
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
4508 ** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
4509 to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
4510
33373
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
4511 ** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
4512 alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
4513
34054
da7a782777bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34029
diff changeset
4514 ** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".
33364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33315
diff changeset
4515
32913
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
4516 ** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
4517 deleting the frame. The hook is called with one arg, the frame
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
4518 being deleted.
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
4519
32845
e92097fd9144 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 32751
diff changeset
4520 ** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.
e92097fd9144 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 32751
diff changeset
4521
32466
90886fd49673 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32465
diff changeset
4522 ** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
32465
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
4523 If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
4524 skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
4525 with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
4526 C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
4527 charset.
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
4528
32259
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
4529 ** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
4530 the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
4531 message.
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
4532
32050
2a3bcf8d9877 Add entries for `auto-image-file-mode' and `with-auto-compression-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32037
diff changeset
4533 ** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
2a3bcf8d9877 Add entries for `auto-image-file-mode' and `with-auto-compression-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32037
diff changeset
4534 expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.
2a3bcf8d9877 Add entries for `auto-image-file-mode' and `with-auto-compression-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32037
diff changeset
4535
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
4536 ** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
4537 with the more general `:mask' property.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
4538
35364
19c93f3ebdce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35326
diff changeset
4539 ** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
4540
31561
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4541 ** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4542 backslash.
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
4543
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4544 ** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4545 is running in batch mode. For example,
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4546
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4547 (message "%s" (read t))
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4548
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4549 will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4550 to standard output.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4551
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4552 ** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4553 `kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
4554
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
4555 ** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
4556 will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
4557 frame or window.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
4558
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4559 ** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4560 were added
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4561
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4562 - Function: remove ELT SEQ
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4563
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4564 Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed. SEQ must be
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4565 a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4566
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4567 - Function: remq ELT LIST
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4568
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4569 Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed. The
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4570 comparison is done with `eq'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4571
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
4572 ** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
30511
2ac427297d38 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30502
diff changeset
4573
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
4574 ** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
39075
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
4575 has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
39441
cecec2db4346 Fix typo.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39300
diff changeset
4576 `key-and-value', in addition the `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
4577
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
4578 ** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
4579 without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
4580 convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
4581
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
4582 ** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
4583 or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
30203
34881d6fc1f6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30158
diff changeset
4584
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
4585 ** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
4586 function was declared obsolete.
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
4587
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4588 ** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
4589 retained as an alias).
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
4590
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
4591 ** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
4592 It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
4593 is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
4594
30038
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
4595 ** The new function `window-list' has been defined
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
4596
33620
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4597 - Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4598
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4599 Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW. FRAME nil or
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4600 omitted means use the selected frame. WINDOW nil or omitted means use
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4601 the selected window. MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4602 even if it isn't active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4603 minibuffer window only if it's active. MINIBUF neither nil nor t
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
4604 means never include the minibuffer window.
30038
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
4605
39179
d0b29a3ee609 some-window -> get-window-with-predicate.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39089
diff changeset
4606 ** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
d0b29a3ee609 some-window -> get-window-with-predicate.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39089
diff changeset
4607
d0b29a3ee609 some-window -> get-window-with-predicate.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39089
diff changeset
4608 - Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
30006
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4609
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4610 Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4611
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4612 This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4613 calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4614 argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4615 value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4616 returned.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4617
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4618 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4619 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4620 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4621 minibuffer even if it is active.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4622
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4623 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4624 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4625 too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4626 and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4627 `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4628 entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4629
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4630 ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4631 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4632 ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4633 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4634 ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4635 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4636 Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
4637
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
4638 ** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
4639 event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
4640 argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
29657
cdef08609770 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29637
diff changeset
4641
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
4642 ** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
4643 call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
30290
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
4644 message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
4645 Default value is nil.
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
4646
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4647 ** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
29633
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
4648 meaning no limit.
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
4649
38126
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
4650 ** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
4651 the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
4652 numbers in the mode line. The default is 200.
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
4653
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4654 ** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
4655 coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
4656 DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
4657
34001
fc9ba8a24dde *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33991
diff changeset
4658 ** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
fc9ba8a24dde *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33991
diff changeset
4659 list of a primitive.
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
4660
33111
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
4661 ** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
4662
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
4663 ** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
4664 buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
4665 This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
4666 than replacing the local map.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
4667
35250
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
4668 ** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
4669 `after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
4670 removed. Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
4671 instead.
29498
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
4672
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
4673 ** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
4674
33111
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
4675 ** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
4676 as promised long ago.
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
4677
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4678 ** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
37749
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
4679
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
4680 ** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
4681 for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
4682 patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
4683
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
4684
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 * Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4687 ** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4688 regular expressions.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4689
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4690 - Function: rx-to-string SEXP
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4691
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4692 Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4693
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4694 - Macro: rx SEXP
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4695
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4696 Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4697
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4698 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4699 notation.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4700
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4701 STRING
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4702 matches string STRING literally.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4703
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4704 CHAR
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4705 matches character CHAR literally.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4706
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4707 `not-newline'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4708 matches any character except a newline.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4709 .
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4710 `anything'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4711 matches any character
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4712
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4713 `(any SET)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4714 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4715 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4716
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
4717 '(in SET)'
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4718 like `any'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4719
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4720 `(not (any SET))'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4721 matches any character not in SET
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4722
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4723 `line-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4724 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4725 in the text being matched
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4726
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4727 `line-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4728 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4729
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4730 `string-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4731 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4732 string being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4733
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4734 `string-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4735 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4736 string being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4737
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4738 `buffer-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4739 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4740 buffer being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4741
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4742 `buffer-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4743 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4744 buffer being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4745
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4746 `point'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4747 matches the empty string, but only at point.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4748
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4749 `word-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4750 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4751 word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4752
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4753 `word-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4754 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4755
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4756 `word-boundary'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4757 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4758 word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4759
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4760 `(not word-boundary)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4761 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4762 word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4763
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4764 `digit'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4765 matches 0 through 9.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4766
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4767 `control'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4768 matches ASCII control characters.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4769
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4770 `hex-digit'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4771 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4772
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4773 `blank'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4774 matches space and tab only.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4775
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4776 `graphic'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4777 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4778 space, and DEL.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4779
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4780 `printing'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4781 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4782 and DEL.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4783
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4784 `alphanumeric'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4785 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4786 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4787
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4788 `letter'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4789 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4790 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4791
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4792 `ascii'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4793 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4794
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4795 `nonascii'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4796 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4797
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4798 `lower'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4799 matches anything lower-case.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4800
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4801 `upper'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4802 matches anything upper-case.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4803
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4804 `punctuation'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4805 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4806 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4807
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4808 `space'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4809 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4810
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4811 `word'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4812 matches anything that has word syntax.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4813
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4814 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4815 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4816 of the following symbols.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4817
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4818 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4819 `punctuation' (\\s.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4820 `word' (\\sw)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4821 `symbol' (\\s_)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4822 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4823 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4824 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4825 `string-quote' (\\s\")
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4826 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4827 `escape' (\\s\\)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4828 `character-quote' (\\s/)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4829 `comment-start' (\\s<)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4830 `comment-end' (\\s>)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4831
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4832 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4833 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4834
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4835 `(category CATEGORY)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4836 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4837 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4838
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4839 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4840 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4841 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4842 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4843 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4844 `symbol' (\\c5)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4845 `digit' (\\c6)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4846 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4847 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4848 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4849 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4850 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4851 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4852 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4853 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4854 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
49407
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
4855 `indian-two-byte' (\\cI)
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4856 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4857 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4858 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4859 `ascii' (\\ca)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4860 `arabic' (\\cb)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4861 `chinese' (\\cc)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4862 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4863 `greek' (\\cg)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4864 `korean' (\\ch)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4865 `indian' (\\ci)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4866 `japanese' (\\cj)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4867 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4868 `latin' (\\cl)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4869 `lao' (\\co)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4870 `tibetan' (\\cq)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4871 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4872 `thai' (\\ct)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4873 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4874 `hebrew' (\\cw)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4875 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4876 `can-break' (\\c|)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4877
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4878 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4879 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4880
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4881 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4882 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4883
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4884 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4885 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4886 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4887
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4888 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4889 another name for `submatch'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4890
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4891 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4892 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4893 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4894 regular expression.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4895
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4896 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4897 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
45901
1b38863a543b *** empty log message ***
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 45891
diff changeset
4898 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4899 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4900 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4901
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4902 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
47283
0f65e6f1d100 Fix spacing.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47201
diff changeset
4903 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4904
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4905 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4906 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4907
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4908 `(0+ SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4909 like `zero-or-more'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4910
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4911 `(* SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4912 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4913
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4914 `(*? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4915 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4916
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4917 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4918 matches one or more occurrences of A.
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
4919
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4920 `(1+ SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4921 like `one-or-more'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4922
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4923 `(+ SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4924 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4925
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4926 `(+? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4927 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4928
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4929 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4930 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
4931
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4932 `(optional SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4933 like `zero-or-one'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4934
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4935 `(? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4936 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4937
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4938 `(?? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4939 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4940
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4941 `(repeat N SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4942 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4943
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4944 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4945 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4946
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4947 `(eval FORM)'
47283
0f65e6f1d100 Fix spacing.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47201
diff changeset
4948 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4949 `regexp-quote' it.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4950
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4951 `(regexp REGEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4952 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4953
36811
a37eeb9f04f3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36798
diff changeset
4954 *** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.
a37eeb9f04f3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36798
diff changeset
4955
30933
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4956 *** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4957 buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4958 the original restriction. Previously, doing this would cause the saved
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4959 restriction to be restored incorrectly.
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4960
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4961 *** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4962 `eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
36470
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
4963 when they find 8-bit characters. Previously, they included `ascii' in a
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4964 multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4965
39255
2ccde3c50b3a Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39232
diff changeset
4966 *** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
39212
34e0c37a5809 string-as-{muti,uni}byte doesn't act on a buffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39179
diff changeset
4967 `string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
34e0c37a5809 string-as-{muti,uni}byte doesn't act on a buffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39179
diff changeset
4968 if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4969
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4970 *** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4971 changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4972 [\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4973 regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4974 the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4975 extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4976 bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4977 eight-bit-graphic.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4978
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4979 ** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4980
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
4981 A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4982 a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4983 character set as previously.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4984
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4985 *** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4986 They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4987 modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4988
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4989 CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4990 characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4991 range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4992 case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4993
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4994 FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
4995 name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4996
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4997 *** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4998 registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4999 "fontset-default".
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5000
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5001 *** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5002 argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5003
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5004 ** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5005 composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5006 buffers and strings.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5007
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5008 *** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5009 character' which is an independent character with a unique character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5010 code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5011 have been deleted: composite-char-component,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5012 composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5013 composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5014 The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5015 also been deleted.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5016
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5017 *** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5018 specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5019 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5020
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5021 *** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5022 MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5023 composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5024 may differ between buffer and string text.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5025
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5026 *** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5027 COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5028
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5029 *** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5030 directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5031 Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5032 `composition' from STRING.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5033
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5034 *** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5035 a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5036
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5037 *** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5038 obsolete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5039
36039
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
5040 ** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
5041 the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
5042
33290
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
5043 ** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5044 `mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5045 introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5046 U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5047
38012
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5048 Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5049 characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5050 etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5051 different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned. For example, text
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5052 which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5053 encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5054
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5055 ** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5056 It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text. For
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
5057 details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
35557
eb649a1c81eb *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 35470
diff changeset
5058
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5059 ** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5060 `japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5061 standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5062
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5063 ** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5064 have been introduced.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5065
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5066 ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
5067 have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
36470
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
5068 0xA0..0xFF respectively. Note that the multibyte representation of
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
5069 eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
5070 emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
5071 buffer/string internal representation. Note that to search for
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
5072 eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
5073 must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
5074 their multibyte equivalent.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5075
28847
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
5076 ** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
5077 that offset in the file before writing.
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
5078
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
5079 ** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
5080 compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
5081
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5082 ** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5083 `*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5084 from which the command was issued.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5085
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5086 ** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5087 `query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5088 `replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5089 additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5090 operate on.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
5091
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5092 ** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5093 to `window-buffer-height'.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5094
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5095 - Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5096
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5097 Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5098 The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5099 lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5100
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5101 Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5102 respectively.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5103
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
5104 If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5105 COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5106
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5107 The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5108 obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5109 on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5110
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5111 Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5112 buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5113 possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5114 is currently displayed in some window.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
5115
28556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
5116 ** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
5117 argument function's results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
5118
28496
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
5119 ** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
38649
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
5120 signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails. Also,
39075
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
5121 `base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
5122 20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
38649
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
5123 sequence).
28496
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
5124
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
5125 ** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
31859
9bb38b47a241 Fix typo.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 31858
diff changeset
5126 header in the list of headers passed to it.
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
5127
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
5128 ** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
5129 ignores differences in case and text representation.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
5130
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
5131 ** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
28323
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5132 cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5133 as follows:
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5134
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5135 t use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5136 nil don't display a cursor
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5137 `bar' display a bar cursor with default width
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5138 (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5139 others display a box cursor.
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
5140
28303
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5141 ** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5142 an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5143 defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5144 set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5145
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5146 ** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
28854
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
5147 specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5148 the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5149 text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5150
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5151 Example:
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5152
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5153 (string-to-syntax "()")
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5154 => (4 . 41)
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
5155
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5156 ** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5157 other than 10.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5158
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5159 *** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5160 INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5161
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5162 #b1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5163 => 15
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5164 #b-1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5165 => -15
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5167 *** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5168
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5169 #o666
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5170 => 438
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5171
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5172 *** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5173
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5174 #xbeef
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5175 => 48815
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5176
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5177 *** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5178
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5179 #2R-111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5180 => -7
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5181 #25rah
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5182 => 267
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
5183
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
5184 ** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
5185 the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
28037
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
5186 and isn't a string.
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
5187
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
5188 ** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
5189 a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
5190 value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
5191 not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
5192
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
5193 ** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
5194
28149
fd72698178e7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28140
diff changeset
5195 ** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
5196 for a regexp in a string.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
5197
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
5198 ** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
5199 `mouse-position-function'.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
5200
27827
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
5201 ** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
5202 that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
5203
27820
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
5204 ** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
5205 Keywords are now always considered constants.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
5206
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
5207 ** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
5208 returns it.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
5209
27276
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
5210 ** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
5211 returned by function `recent-keys'.
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
5212
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5213 ** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5214 can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
5215 Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5216 etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5217 mode.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5218
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
5219 ** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
5220 and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
5221
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5222 ** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5223 has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5224 function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5225 returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5226 been performed."
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5227
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5228 When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5229 and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5230 hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5231 then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5232
26737
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
5233 ** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
5234 In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
5235 and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
5236
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5237 ** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5238 with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5239 specified table.
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5240
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5241 (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5242
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5243 Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
26541
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
5244 TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
5245 saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
5246 what BODY returns.
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
5247
27693
d8bedafef8d5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27644
diff changeset
5248 ** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
28063
f1b33463506d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28051
diff changeset
5249 Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
5250 Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
33913
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
5251 corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
5252 Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
5253
26397
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
5254 ** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
5255 removed since it wasn't used by anything.
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
5256
26360
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
5257 ** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
5258 instead of being optional.
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
5259
26277
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
5260 ** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
5261 modify read-only text.
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
5262
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5263 ** New functions and variables for locales.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5264
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5265 The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5266 decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
5267 time functions like strftime. The new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
5268 `system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
5269 locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5270
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5271 The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5272 environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5273 the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
5274 environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
5275 not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
5276 `locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
5277 `locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
5278
26107
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
5279 ** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
5280 To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
5281 modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
5282 start sequences.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
5283
25910
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
5284 ** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
5285 because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
5286
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287 ** New function `propertize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5290 strings with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 - Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 specified value of that property. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 ** push and pop macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5303 Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5304 are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305 as the place that holds the list to be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 (push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308 (pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5311 ** New dolist and dotimes macros.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5312
27387
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
5313 Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
5314 are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5315
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5316 (dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5317 Execute body once for each element of LIST,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5318 using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5319 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5320
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5321 (dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5322 Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5323 inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5324 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
5325
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
5326 ** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
5327 [:alpha:], [:space:] and so on. These must be used within a character
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
5328 class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
5329 or a sign.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 [:digit:] matches 0 through 9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332 [:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 [:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5334 [:blank:] matches space and tab only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 [:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336 space, and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 [:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339 [:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 [:alpha:] matches letters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5343 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 [:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 [:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 [:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 [:punct:] matches punctuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 [:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 [:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 [:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355 ** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357 The following functions are defined for hash tables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 - Function: make-hash-table ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361 The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362 are optional. The following arguments are defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 :test TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366 TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 :size SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375 :rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378 full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380 1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 :rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 (size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 :weakness WEAK
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
5391 WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
5392 `key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
5393 `key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
5394 collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
5395 outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397 - Function: makehash &optional TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 - Function: hash-table-p TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 - Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 values are shared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410 - Function: hash-table-count TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416 Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 - Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424 Returns the size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
5426 - Function: hash-table-test TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 - Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434 - Function: clrhash TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436 Clear TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 - Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5443 - Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 - Function: remhash KEY TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 - Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 arguments KEY and VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 - Function: sxhash OBJ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459 Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 - Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463 Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5465 comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5467 of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469 TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472 code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476 be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478 (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479 (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481 (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 (sxhash (upcase a)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5484 (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485 'case-fold-string-hash))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 ** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491 It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492 circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 a cons cell which is its own cdr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 ** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497 If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498 #N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500 ** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501 t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502 specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503 is too short to reach that column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 ** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506 now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508 two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511 perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512 and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514 ** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515 to specify which buffer to return the size of.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 ** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518 calendar-move-hook after moving point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 ** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521 directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523 small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 temporary-file-directory instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526 ** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528 `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
5531 ** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
5532 elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 ** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536 make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538 ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540 ** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543 on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544 is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546 ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547 overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551 to get an error if the file exists at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 ** Function `format' now handles text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557 If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561 Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 string where arguments appear in the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 (s2 "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
5570 (format s1 s2))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572 results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 ** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577 The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 argument in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580 (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 (arg "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582 (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5583 (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5584 (message msg arg))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5589 (Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591 Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 (*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593 to enable sound support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595 Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 sound to play, before playing the sound.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 The following sound properties are supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 - `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605 FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 searched relative to `data-directory'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607
27148
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
5608 - `:data DATA'
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
5609
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
5610 DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
5611 may be present, but not both.
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
5612
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613 - `:volume VOLUME'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 0..1. This property is optional.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5618 - `:device DEVICE'
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5619
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5620 DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5621 sound. The default device is system-dependent.
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5622
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 Other properties are ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5625 An alternative interface is called as
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5626 (play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
5627
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5628 ** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
26933
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
5629
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
5630 ** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
5631 a keyword symbol.
27145
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5632
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5633 ** Changes to garbage collection
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5634
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5635 *** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5636 of live and free strings.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5637
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5638 *** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5639 strings that have been consed so far.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
5640
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
5641
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
5642 * Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
5643 Lisp Manual
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
5644
33309
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
5645 ** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
5646 mini-windows.
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
5647
34389
779f5314f5fa Update entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34334
diff changeset
5648 ** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
779f5314f5fa Update entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34334
diff changeset
5649 argument, PARTIALLY. If a character is only partially visible, nil is
779f5314f5fa Update entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34334
diff changeset
5650 returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.
32915
f8e686a581dc Add entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32913
diff changeset
5651
33309
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
5652 ** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
31220
e947c5224fc0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31183
diff changeset
5653
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
5654 ** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
29939
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5655
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5656 ** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5657 image.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5658
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5659 - Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5660
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5661 Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5662
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5663 SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5664 measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5665 character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5666 font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5667 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
5668
31639
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5669 ** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5670 has a mask bitmap.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5671
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5672 - Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5673
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5674 Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5675 FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5676 or omitted means use the selected frame.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
5677
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5678 ** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5679 satisfying one of a list of specifications.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5680
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5681 ** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5682 optional.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
5683
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
5684 ** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
5685 below).
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
5686
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
5687
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 * New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689
28634
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5690 ** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5691 to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5692
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5693 Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5694 text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5695 is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5696 your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5697 laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5698 just display it black instead.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5699
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5700 This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5701 a line like
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5702
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5703 (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5704
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5705 in your `.emacs'.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
5706
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 ** New face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 *** New faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 Each face can specify the following display attributes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 1. Font family or fontset alias name.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5717
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5720
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 3. Font height in 1/10pt
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5722
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723 4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5724
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5726
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 6. Foreground color.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5728
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 7. Background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735 10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737 11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739 12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740 color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746 same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747 frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
35863
534be6e166a6 Yet another bunch of typo fizes from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35862
diff changeset
5749 with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 attributes mentioned above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 created frames.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5755
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756 A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758 `fully-specified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760 *** Face merging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762 The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765 properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 results in a fully-specified face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769 *** Face realization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772 merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775 face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 cache of the frame on which it was realized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778 Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780 for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781 charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784 specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785 being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787 statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790 `char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791 0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792 the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796 Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 `enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798 registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801 **** Clearing face caches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805 unused fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 *** Font selection.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5808
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810 given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 match for the given face attributes in this font list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 Font selection can be influenced by the user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826 attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828 names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831 to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832
33373
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
5833 Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
5834 alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
35297
e268b7b500f0 Changes for makefile support in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 35278
diff changeset
5835 doesn't exist.
34630
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5836
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5837 Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
5838 all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
34630
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5839 registry.
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5840
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
5841 Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
34630
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5842 slightly different.
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5843
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5844 Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
5845
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847 **** Scalable fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 servers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853 To enable scalable font use, set the variable
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
5854 `scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855 scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857 scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 that list. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 *** Functions and variables related to font selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 - Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869 is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876 SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879 REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 of the face font sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5883 - Function: x-font-family-list
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885 Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 (FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888 non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 - Variable: font-list-limit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892 Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893 won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 matching font. The default is currently 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 *** Setting face attributes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898 For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900 implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 `face-attribute'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903 Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906 The following attributes are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 `:family'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 and `?' are allowed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 `:width'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 `condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 `extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 `:height'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5923 VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5924 in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5925 scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5926 height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928 `:weight'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 `semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934 `:slant'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937 symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 `reverse-oblique'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 `:foreground', `:background'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942 VALUE must be a color name, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944 `:underline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948 a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949 don't underline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5951 `:overline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954 VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955 string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 overline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958 `:strike-through'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961 striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962 face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5963 is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5965 `:box'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970 of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972 VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973 :color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975 specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979 should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980 like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981 that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983 box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985 `:inverse-video'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 `:stipple'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993 The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995 HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997 explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999 For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000 and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 `:font'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004 Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006 is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 versions of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010 be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013 Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 `defface'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
6016 `:inherit'
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
6017
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
6018 VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
6019 of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
6020 like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
6021
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022 *** Face attributes and X resources
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024 The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025 from X resources:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 Face attribute X resource class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 :family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 :width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 :height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 :weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 :slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034 foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 :background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 :overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 :strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 :box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039 :underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 :inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 :stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6042 or attributeBackgroundPixmap
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 :bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046 :italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 *** Text property `face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 specification can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058 KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 for face attribute names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066 ** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6068 The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6069 on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6070 the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 default. You can get defined colors with a call to
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6072 `defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 used to clear the mapping table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6075 ** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6076
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6077 The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6078 and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6079 type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6080 color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6081 display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6082 old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6083 `x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6084 compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6085 should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6086 modify their color-related behavior.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6087
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6088 The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6089 any frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
6090
27573
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6091 ** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6092
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6093 The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6094 `display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6095 `display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6096 `display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6097 `display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6098 `display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6099 display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6100 the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6101 platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
6102
38471
83fa544a8070 Document display-images-p.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38468
diff changeset
6103 The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
83fa544a8070 Document display-images-p.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38468
diff changeset
6104 display can display image files.
83fa544a8070 Document display-images-p.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38468
diff changeset
6105
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 ** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6107
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
33693
efa325b58d74 Mention that `minibuffer-prompt-properties' can be used to disallow
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 33627
diff changeset
6109 To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
efa325b58d74 Mention that `minibuffer-prompt-properties' can be used to disallow
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 33627
diff changeset
6110 the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
efa325b58d74 Mention that `minibuffer-prompt-properties' can be used to disallow
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 33627
diff changeset
6111 `Inviolable' option.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112
43184
de686446afd2 Fix description of minibuffer-prompt-end.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents: 43159
diff changeset
6113 The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
43184
de686446afd2 Fix description of minibuffer-prompt-end.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents: 43159
diff changeset
6115 Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6117 ** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6118
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6119 There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6120 buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6121 property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6122
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6123 Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6124 forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6125 to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6126 not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
27144
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
6127 commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
6128 boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
6129 `inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
6130 functions.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6131
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6132 Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6133 a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
6134 editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6136 The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6137
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6138 - Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6139
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6140 Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6141
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6142 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6143 If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
6144 constrained position if that is different.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6145
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6146 If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6147 positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6148 ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6149 constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6150 as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6151 is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6152 fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6153 the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6154 also considered to be `on the boundary'.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6155
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6156 If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6157 NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6158 unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6159 C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6160 only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6161
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6162 If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6163 a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6164
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6165 Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6166
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6167 - Function: delete-field &optional POS
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6168
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6169 Delete the field surrounding POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6170 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6171 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6172
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6173 - Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6174
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6175 Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6176 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6177 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6178 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6179 field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6180
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6181 - Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6182
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6183 Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6184 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6185 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6186 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6187 then the end of the *following* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6188
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6189 - Function: field-string &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6190
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6191 Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6192 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6193 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6194
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6195 - Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6196
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6197 Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6198 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
6199 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
6200
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 ** Image support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 (AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 replaces the display of the characters having that property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 `(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210 AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214 IMAGE is an image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 *** Image specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
26403
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
6221 symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
6222 described below are ignored.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 The following is a list of properties all image types share.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226 `:ascent ASCENT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
6228 ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
6229 If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
6230 to use for its ascent.
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
6231
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
6232 If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
6233 image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
6234
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
6235 If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
6236 centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
6237 of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
6238 overlays that apply to the image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 `:margin MARGIN'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241
35278
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
6242 MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
6243 as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
6244 horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin. Default is 0.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246 `:relief RELIEF'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 around an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250
35364
19c93f3ebdce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35326
diff changeset
6251 `:conversion ALGO'
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6253 Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6254
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6255 ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6256 edge-detection algorithm to the image.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6257
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6258 ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6259 apply a general edge-detection algorithm. MATRIX must be either a
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6260 nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel at
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6261 position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6262 around that position. MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6263 neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6264 transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6265 x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6266 below.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6267
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6268 (x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6269 x-1/y x/y x+1/y
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6270 x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6271
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6272 The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6273 resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6274 multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6275 of the factors' absolute values.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6276
31858
269d69b69fe4 Update hideshow.el section.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 31827
diff changeset
6277 Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6278
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6279 (1 0 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6280 0 0 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6281 9 9 -1)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6282
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6283 Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6284
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6285 ( 2 -1 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6286 -1 0 1
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6287 0 1 -2)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6288
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
6289 ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
6290 ``disabled''.
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
6291
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6292 `:mask MASK'
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6293
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6294 If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6295 the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6296 image. If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6297 background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
6298 image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6299 the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6300 GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6301 image.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6302
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6303 If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one. Images
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6304 in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
6305 `:mask nil'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309 Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310 search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6312 may be present in the image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6314 `:data DATA'
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6315
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6316 Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6317 supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6318 present in an image specification, but not both. All image types
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6319 support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6320
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 *** Supported image types
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
6323 **** XBM, image type `xbm'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
49520
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6326 properties supported are:
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328 `:foreground FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
6330 FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
49520
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6331 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground color.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332
32572
99b7b88db80c Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 32551
diff changeset
6333 `:background BG'
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334
49520
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6335 BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
6336 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339 case, the image specification must contain the following properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340 instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342 `:width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344 WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 `:height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350 `:data DATA'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 DATA must be either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355 have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359 3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361
28748
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
6362 4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
6363 height may be specified in this case because these are defined
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
6364 in the file.
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
6365
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 **** XPM, image type `xpm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 `xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370 found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371 `--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 `:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377 SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378 name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6379 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384 The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385 to display compressed images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 **** PBM, image type `pbm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
32551
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
6390 mono images are supported. Additional image properties supported for
49520
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6391 mono images are:
32551
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
6392
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
6393 `:foreground FG'
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
6394
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
6395 FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
49520
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6396 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground color.
32551
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
6397
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
6398 `:background FG'
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
6399
49520
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6400 BG must be a string specifying the image background color, or nil
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
6401 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 **** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
49520
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6406 package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
de390d032ae7 Fix typos in description of image properties.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 49493
diff changeset
6407 properties defined.
27055
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
6408
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 **** TIFF, image type `tiff'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 **** GIF, image type `gif'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 `libungif-4.1.0', or later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 `:index INDEX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424 INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
6425 multi-image GIF file. An error is signaled if INDEX is too large.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 every 0.1 seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 (defun show-anim (file max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437 (when (= idx max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6438 (setq idx 0))
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
6439 (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440 (save-excursion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441 (set-buffer buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 (goto-char (point-min))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 (insert-image img "x"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447 **** PNG, image type `png'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449 Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453 **** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457 `:pt-width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459 WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
6460 integer. This is a required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 `:pt-height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
6465 must be a integer. This is an required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 `:bounding-box BOX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469 BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 files. This is an required property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 lisp/gs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 *** Lisp interface.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6478 The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6479 which are supported in the current configuration.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6482 they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
28759
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
6484 manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
6485 images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487 *** Simplified image API, image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 define an image based on available image types. The functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 `put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496 ** Display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499 and images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501 To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 `left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 `set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 `right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507 of the display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512 string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 in this file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 ** Help display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517 Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518 moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 `help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 that have a `help-echo' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6522 If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
30305
84ff1994e9d1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30296
diff changeset
6523 is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6524 the window in which the help was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6525
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6526 If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6527 `help-echo' text property was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6528
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6529 If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6530 POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6531
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6532 If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
6533 the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
6534 mouse.
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6535
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6536 If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6537 string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6538
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6539 For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6540 determine the help to display. If their definition contains a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6541 property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6542 For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
6543 used as help string.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
6546 the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
6547 causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 ** Vertical fractional scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551 The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554 The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557 scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6560 (global-set-key [A-down]
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6561 #'(lambda ()
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6563 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6565 (global-set-key [A-up]
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 #'(lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6568 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 ** New hook `fontification-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573 Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575 variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 is called with one argument, POS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578 At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581 property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 `fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590 `auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 *** Tool bar item definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 `tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597 where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6598
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599 CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601 the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 property (see below).
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6603
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6604 BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 binding are currently ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607 The following properties are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609 `:enable FORM'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6610
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 or disabled.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6613
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614 `:visible FORM'
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6615
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6617
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 `:filter FUNCTION'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621 FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622 used instead of BINDING to display this item.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6623
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624 `:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626 TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6628
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 `:image IMAGES'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631 IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633 meaning of each of the four elements:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 Index Use when item is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 ----------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637 0 enabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638 1 enabled and deselected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 2 disabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 3 disabled and deselected
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6641
28946
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
6642 If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
6643 algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
6644
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645 `:help HELP-STRING'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6646
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647 Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649
31641
15837f59a747 Strokes update. Toolbar stuff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31639
diff changeset
6650 The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
31741
dcff79c941d1 tool-bar, latin1-display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31728
diff changeset
6651 toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
dcff79c941d1 tool-bar, latin1-display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31728
diff changeset
6652 to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
dcff79c941d1 tool-bar, latin1-display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31728
diff changeset
6653 menu bar.
31641
15837f59a747 Strokes update. Toolbar stuff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31639
diff changeset
6654
33484
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
6655 The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
6656 dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
6657 buffer-locally to override the global map.
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
6658
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659 *** Tool-bar-related variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662 resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 than 1/4 of the frame's size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6665 If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 raised when the mouse moves over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669 `tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
35278
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
6670 pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
6671 vertical margins . Default is 1.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674 `tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 *** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6679 a tool bar item. If
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681 (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682 '(menu-item "Shell" shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 is the original tool bar item definition, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689 makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692 ** Mode line changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694 *** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696 The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700 1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701 a `local-map' text property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703 2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708 `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6712 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713
26359
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
6714 *** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
6715 evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
6716
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 *** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 variable mode-line-format to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 *** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723 `header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724 completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 `default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 `header-line'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731 The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 position in the header-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6734 ** Text property `display'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6735
31827
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6736 The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6737 replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6738 also used to control other aspects of how text displays. The value of
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6739 the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6740 below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741
31827
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6742 *** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6743
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6744 To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6745 text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6746
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6747 If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6748 marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6749 the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6750 is displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6751 simpler form STRING as property value.
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
6752
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 *** Variable width and height spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 `(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758 area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759 marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761 simpler form STRETCH as property value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764 PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 properties described below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767 The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768 characters having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 - :width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772 Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773 character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 - :relative-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6777 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6778 first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779 same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 width of that character by FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 - :align-to HPOS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787 Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791 Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 normal line height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794 - :relative-height FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796 The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797 of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 - :ascent ASCENT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802 used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804 equal to 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808 *** Images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810 A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811 . IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 in the display, the characters having this display specification in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814 the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 `(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816 area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817 the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 as display specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 *** Other display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
6822 - (space-width FACTOR)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825 should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 integer or float.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
6828 - (height HEIGHT)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834 the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 ``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836 a font is available counts as a step.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838 If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 as tall as the frame's default font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841 If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844 Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845 `height' bound to the current specified font height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
6847 - (raise FACTOR)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849 FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850 font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851 raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852 amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
6853 `height' subproperty.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6855 *** Conditional display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857 All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
39031
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6858 has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6859 only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated. During the
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6860 evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6861 conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6862 bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6863 the display property was found, respectively. Both positions can be
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6864 different when object is a string.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866 The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
39031
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
6867 `(when t . SPEC)'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869 ** New menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871 Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873 treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874 to specify other menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876 - `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878 No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 separator occurs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881 - `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 A single line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885 - `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6887 A double line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889 - `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 - `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895 A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897 - `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
6899 A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the form
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902 - `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 A single line with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906 - `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910 - `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914 - `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6916 Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 - `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 - `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924 Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926 - `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930 Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 the corresponding single-line separators.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933 ** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 `scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937 Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6938 that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6939 default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6940 default background is the background color of the frame, and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6941 default foreground is black.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6943 The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 (class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945 `ScrollBarBackground').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947 Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 settings for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 ** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6953 ** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6954 starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6955 on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6956 line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6957 the original window start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6959 ** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6960 `hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6961 now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6963 ** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6965 A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966 `window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968 other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6970 The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978 change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6979 temporarily to nil, for example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981 (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 (enlarge-window 10))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6984 Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
28094
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6986
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6987 ** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6988 terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6989 to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6990 overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6991 horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6992 support a vertical-bar cursor).
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
6993
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6994
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6995
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6996 * Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6997
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6998 ** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6999 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7001 ** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7002
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7003 ** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7005 ** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7006 only for character input, but also in incremental search. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7007 exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7008 (e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7009 (e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7010
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7011 ** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7012 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7013
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7014
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7015 * Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7016
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7017 ** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7018
35469
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 35460
diff changeset
7019
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7020
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7021 * Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7022
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7023 ** Not new, but not mentioned before:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7024 M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7025
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7026 * Changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7027
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7028 ** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7029
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7030 You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7031 Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7032 `.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7033
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7034 If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7035 is the one that is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7036
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7037 ** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7038 the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7039 Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7040 separate from the command's regular output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7041 Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7042 says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7043 In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7044 the buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7046 When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7047 output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7048 it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7049 cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7050
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7051 ** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7052 the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7053 is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7054 created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7056 ** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7057 example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7058 match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7059 quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7060
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7061 ** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7062 now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7063 if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7064 they never ignore case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7065
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7066 ** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7067 under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7068 applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7069 of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7070 just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7071 convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7072 part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7073
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7074 If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7075 the same format that was used in the file before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7076
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7077 You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7078 `inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7079
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7080 ** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7081 renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7082 This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7083
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7084 ** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7085 The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7086 buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7087 your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7088 is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7089 end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7090 Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7092 The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7093 eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7094 control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7095 format. You can now customize these variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7096
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7097 ** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7098 filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7099 filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7100 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7101
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7102 ** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7103 in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7104 windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7105
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7106 ** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7107 dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7108 doesn't have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7109
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7110 ** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7111 not one per buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7112
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7113 ** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7114 use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7115 (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7116
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7117 ** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7118 To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7119 `auto-show-mode' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7121 ** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7122 avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7123 versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7124 choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7125 occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7126
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7127 ** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7128 cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7129
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7130 ** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7131 character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7132 feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7133
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7134 ** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7135 the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7136 interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7137 and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7138
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7139 ** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7140
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7141 The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7142 that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7143 one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7144 codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7145 set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7146
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7147 Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7148 from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7149
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7150 IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7151 equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7152 a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7153 `?' on other systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7154
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7155 IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7156 feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7157 Unix.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7159 Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7160 current codepage when it starts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7161
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7162 ** Mail changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7163
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7164 *** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7165 `mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7166 appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7167 non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7168 MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7169 headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7170 latin-1:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7171
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7172 MIME-version: 1.0
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7173 Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7174 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7176 *** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7177 default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7178 default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7179 sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7180 buffer-file-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7181
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7182 You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7183 sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7184 mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7186 *** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7187 if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7188 Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7189 list of possible coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7190
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7191 ** CC Mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7192
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7193 *** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7194 modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7195 longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7196 docstring for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7197
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7198 *** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7199 symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7200 found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7201 prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7202 lineup functions use this feature currently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7204 *** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7205 "finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7207 *** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7208 "catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7209
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7210 *** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7211 from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7212 symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7213 c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7214 anonymous classes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7216 *** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7217 syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7218
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7219 *** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7220 inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7221 support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7222 function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7223
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7224 *** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7225 (i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7226 brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7227 c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7228 (brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7229
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7230 *** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7231
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7232 *** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7233
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7234 *** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7235 for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7236
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7237 *** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7238
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7239 *** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7240 associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7241 This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7242 circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7243 class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7245 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7247 *** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7248 added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7249 Gnus manual for the full story.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7250
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7251 *** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7252 before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7253 group, which is created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7254
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7255 *** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7256 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7257
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7258 *** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7259
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7260 *** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7261 outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7262
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7263 *** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7264 `C-u C-c C-c'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7265
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7266 *** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7267
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7268 *** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7269 re-highlighting of the article buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7270
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7271 *** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7272
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7273 *** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7274 Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7275
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7276 *** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7277 `a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7279 *** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7280 control over simplification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7281
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7282 *** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7283
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7284 *** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7285 limit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7287 *** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7288
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7289 *** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7290
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7291 *** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7292 If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7293 rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7294
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
7295 *** Canceling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7296 `a' forces normal posting method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7297
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7298 *** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7299 -- `W d'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7300
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7301 *** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7302 to a non-nil value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7303
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7304 *** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7305 where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7306
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7307 *** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7308 has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7309
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7310 *** A history of where mails have been split is available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7311
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7312 *** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7314 *** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7315 `gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7316
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7317 *** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7318 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7319
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7320 *** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7322 *** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7323 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7324
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7325 *** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7326 `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7327
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7328 *** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7329 updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7330
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7331 *** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7333 *** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7334
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7335 *** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7337 ** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7338
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7339 *** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7340 options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7341 nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7343 *** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7344 TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7345 of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7346 TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7347 can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7348
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7349 *** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7350 All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7351 but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7352 the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7353
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7354 *** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7355 the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7356 buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7357 mismatch.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7358
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7359 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7360
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7361 *** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7362 file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7363
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7364 *** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7365 lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7366 characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7367 removed from the label.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7368
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7369 *** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7370 a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7371
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7372 *** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7373 customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7374
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7375 *** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7376 `reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7377 expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7378
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7379 *** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7380
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7381 ** New/deleted modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7382
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7383 *** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7384 SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7385
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7386 *** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7387 editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7388 SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7389
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7390 *** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7391 changes with a special face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7393 *** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7394 this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7395 Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7396
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7397 * MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7398
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7399 ** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7400 This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7401 conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7402 and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7403 check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7404
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7405 The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7406 Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7407 distribution when the config.bat script is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7408
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7409 ** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7410 MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7411 controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7412 directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7413 Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7414 on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7415 string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7416 program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7417 printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7419 ** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7420 output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7421 available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7422 input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7423 temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7424 program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7425
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7426 An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7427 and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7428 programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7429 automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7430 as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7431 ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7433 ** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7434 a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7435 MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7436 was not documented clearly before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7438 ** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7439 This includes Tetris and Snake.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7440
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7441 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7442
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7443 ** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7444 return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7445 They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7446 meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7447
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7448 ** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7449 WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7450 and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7451
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7452 ** Changes in the file-attributes function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7453
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7454 *** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7455 It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7457 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7458 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7459 integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7460
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7461 ** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7462 files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7463 arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7464 file names and attributes are returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7465
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7466 ** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7467 sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
7468 accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7469 It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7470 returns the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7471
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7472 ** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7473 to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7474
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7475 ** New functions for base64 conversion:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7476
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7477 The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7478 into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7479 performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7480 optionally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7481
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7482 Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7483 job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7484
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7485 **
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7486 The new function process-running-child-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7487 will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7488 terminal to its own child process.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7490 ** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7491 when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7492 to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7493 itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7494
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7495 ** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7496 be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7497
42974
b5c45e2ad1ae Fix typo.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42958
diff changeset
7498 ** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7499 :included is an alias for :visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7500
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7501 easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7502 easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7503 to move or copy menu entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7505 ** Multibyte editing changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7506
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7507 *** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7508 an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7509 make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7510 work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7511 char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7512 (setq char (sref str idx)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7513 idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7514 The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7515
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7516 If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7517 (say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7518 (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7520 *** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7521 region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7522 deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7523
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
7524 Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7525
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7526 This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7527 across the boundary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7528
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7529 *** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7530 `unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7531 o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7532 contains 8-bit characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7533 o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7534 contains invalid characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7535
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7536 *** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7537 text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7538 preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7539 text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7540 way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7541
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7542 *** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7543 If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7544 end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7545 prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7546
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7547 *** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7548 compose Thai characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7549
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7550 ** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7551 argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7552 for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7553 menus should always use the third argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7554
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7555 ** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7556 read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7557 arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7558 input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7559
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7560 ** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7561 of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7562 programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7563 inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7564
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7565 ** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7566 the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7567 returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7568 echo area contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7569
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7570 (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7571
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7572 ** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7573 NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7574 requested feature cannot be loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7575
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7576 ** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7577 foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7578 means to clear out that attribute.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7579
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7580 ** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7581 gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7582
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7583 ** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7584 read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7585 unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7586 end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7587
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7588 ** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7589 the gap of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7590
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7591 ** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7592 to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7593 current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7594
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7595 ** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7596 facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7597 These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7598 it back in after any modifications have been made.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7599
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7600 * Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7601
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7602 ** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7603 the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7604 /usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7605 directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7606 subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7608 Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7609 names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7610 Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7611 which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7612 these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7613
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7614 Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7615 starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7616 time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7618 This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7619 Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7620 to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7621 subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7622 `.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7623 results.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7624
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7625 ** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7626 GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7627 that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7628 fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7629
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7630 * Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7631
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7632 ** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7633 including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7634 it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7635 perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7636
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7637 ** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7638 specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7639 region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7640 further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7641 command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7642 within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7643 are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7644 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7645
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7646 In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7647 selective undo.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7648
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7649 ** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7650 unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7651 buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7652 effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7653 Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7654
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7655 The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7656 though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7657 -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7658 load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7659
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7660 ** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7661 no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7662 enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7663 something that most users not do.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7664
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7665 ** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7666 operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7667 The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7668 applications.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7669
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7670 C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7671 pasting operations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7672
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7673 ** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7674 setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7675 like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7676 printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7677 `ps-printer-name'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7678
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7679 ** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7680 minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7681 any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7682 except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7683 incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7684 hits a new word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7685
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7686 Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7687 Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7688 to be confused by TeX commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7689
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7690 You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7691 correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7692 clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7693 of various alternative replacements and actions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7694
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7695 Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7696 the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7697 corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7698 alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7699 flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7700
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7701 Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7702 flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7703
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7704 ** Changes in input method usage.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7705
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7706 Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7707 the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7708 respectively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7709
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7710 You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7711
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7712 If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7713 of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7714
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7715 The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7716 that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7717
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7718 If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7719
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7720 If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7721
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7722 If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7723 when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7724
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7725 If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7726 given in the following case:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7727 o When you are using a complex input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7728 o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7729
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7730 If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7731 input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7732 and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7733 setting it to t is helpful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7734
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7735 The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7737 In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7738 keys:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7739 Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7740 C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7741 F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7742 These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7743 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7744
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7745 ** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7746 names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7747 minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7748 get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7749
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7750 /usr/foo//etc/passwd
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7751
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7752 which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7753
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7754 Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7755 Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7756
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7757 ** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7758 at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7759 its owner and group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7760
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7761 ** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7762 Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7763
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7764 ** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7765 contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7766
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7767 ** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7768 which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7769 in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7770 by the left edge of the rectangle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7771
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7772 ** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7773 increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7774 C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7775 for writing keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7776
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7777 ** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7778 files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7779 frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7780 the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7781 additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7782 info.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7783
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7784 ** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7785
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7786 ** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7787 query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7788 contents only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7789
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7790 ** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7791 confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7792 the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7793 says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7794
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7795 ** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7796 non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7797 literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7798
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7799 ** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7800 now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7801 Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7802 inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7803
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7804 ** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7805 failure if the command produces no output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7806
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7807 ** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7808 manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7809 the mouse.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7810
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7811 ** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7812 mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7813 function and variable names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7814
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7815 ** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7816 reading specific files. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7817 file-coding-system-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7818
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7819 ** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7820 t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7821 converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7822 the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7823 according to the current fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7824
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7825 ** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7826
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7827 The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7828 that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7829 nonascii-insert-offset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7830
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7831 For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7832 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7833 nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7834 characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7835
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7836 ** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7837 an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7838
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7839 ** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7840 letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7841
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7842 ** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7843 are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7844 command keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7845
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7846 ** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7847 user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7848
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7849 Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7850 user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7851 all variables that have documentation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7852
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7853 ** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7854 shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7855 that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7856 minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7857 it should show; the default is 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7858
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7859 Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7860 the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7861 of your input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7862
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7863 ** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7864 all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7865 recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7866 argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7867 the customizable options which were changed since that version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7868 Newly added options are included as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7869
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7870 If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7871 then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7872 for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7874 This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7875 Customize menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7876
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7877 ** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7878 the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7879
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7880 ** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7881 buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7882 invoked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7884 ** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7885 that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7886 The default is 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7887
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7888 ** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7889 syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7890 new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7891 (C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7892 sensibly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7893
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7894 ** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7895
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7896 ** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7897 value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7898 two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7899
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7900 ** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7901 reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7902 for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7903 every night.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7904
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7905 ** Desktop changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7906
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7907 *** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7908 the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7909
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7910 *** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7911 and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7912
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7913 ** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7914 read and post multi-lingual articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7915
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7916 ** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7917 doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7918 be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7919 outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7920 the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7921 made invisible again.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7923 ** Mail reading and sending changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7924
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7925 *** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7926 the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7927 changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7928 toggle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7929
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7930 *** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7931 now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7932 summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7933 the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7934 rmail-default-body-file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7935
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7936 *** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7937 longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7938 handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7939
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7940 *** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7941 it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7942 is evaluated to insert the signature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7944 *** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7945 outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7946 handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7947 putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7948 transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7949 especially interested in trying feedmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7950
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7951 feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7952 feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7953 provided by feedmail are:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7955 **** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7956 stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7957 there is also a queue for draft messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7958
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7959 **** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7960 be prompted for confirmation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7961
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7962 **** does smart filling of address headers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7963
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7964 **** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7965 the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7966 can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7968 **** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7969 the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7970 /usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7971 function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7972
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7973 ** Dired changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7974
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7975 *** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7976 files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7977
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7978 *** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7979 run Dired on the directory name at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7980
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7981 *** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7982 files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7983 for a specified regexp.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7985 ** VC Changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7986
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7987 *** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7988 conveniently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7989
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7990 *** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7991 faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7992 Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7993
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7994 VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7995 directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7996 listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7997 currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7998
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7999 You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8000 then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8001 vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8002 control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8003 on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8005 All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8006 is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8007 `v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8008 the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8009 `vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8010
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8011 The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8012 toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8013 VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8014 `* l', to mark all files currently locked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8015
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8016 Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8017 ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8018 command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8019
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8020 *** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8021 file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8022 session to resolve them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8023
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8024 Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8025 resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8026 contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8027 uses as well).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8028
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8029 *** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8030 command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8031 you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8032 either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8033 branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8034 If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8035 using ediff.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8036
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8037 ** Changes in Font Lock
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8039 *** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8040 are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8041 use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8042 unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8043 compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8044
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8045 ** Frame name display changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8046
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8047 *** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8048 frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8049 raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8050 when many frames are invisible or iconified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8051
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8052 *** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8053 frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8054 menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8056 ** Comint (subshell) changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8057
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8058 *** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8059 subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8060 with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8061
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8062 *** There are new commands in Comint mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8064 C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8065 that is, the line after the last line you got.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8066 You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8067
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8068 C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8069 send the current line together with the following line, when you send
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8070 the following line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8071
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8072 C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8073 which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8074 previously sent input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8075
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8076 C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8077 it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8078 as the search string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8079
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8080 *** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8081 automatically in compilation-mode windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8082
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8083 ** C mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8084
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8085 *** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8086 and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8087 assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8088 definition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8090 *** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8091 (i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8092 Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8093 style is still the default however.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8094
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8095 *** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8096
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8097 *** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8098 are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8099 them. They do not have key bindings by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8100
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8101 *** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8102 and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8103
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8104 *** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8105 namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8106
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8107 *** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8108 makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8109
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8110 *** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8111 c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8112
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8113 *** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8114 should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8115 package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8116 variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8117
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8118 ** Changes to hippie-expand.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8119
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8120 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8121 non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8122 which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8123
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8124 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8125 non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8126 expanding dynamically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8128 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8129 non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8130
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8131 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8132 non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8133 this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8134 expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8135
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8136 *** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8137
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8138 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8140 *** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8141 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8142 automatic key generation. This replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8143 bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8144 against the first word in the title.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8145
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8146 *** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8147 capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8148 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8149 lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8150 lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8151 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8152
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8153 *** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8154 generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8155 replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8156 bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8157
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8158 ** Changes in vcursor.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8159
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8160 *** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8161 and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8162 variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8163 entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8164 `vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8165 in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8166
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8167 *** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8168 Editing group once the package is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8169
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8170 *** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8171 generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
8172 vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8174 *** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8175 vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8176
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8177 ** Ispell changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8178
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8179 *** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8180 buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8181 are identified by syntax tables in effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8182
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8183 *** Generic region skipping implemented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8184 A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8185 and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8186 defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8187 include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8188
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8189 o URLs are automatically skipped
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8190 o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8191
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8192 *** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8193
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8194 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8195
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8196 RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8197 large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8198 re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8199 section `Optimizations' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8200
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8201 *** New recursive parser.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8202
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8203 The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8204 entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8205 recursive parser scans the individual files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8207 *** Parsing only part of a document.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8208
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8209 Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8210 partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8211 the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8212
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8213 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8214
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8215 *** Storing parsing information in a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8216
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8217 This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8218
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8219 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8220
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8221 *** Using multiple selection buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8222
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8223 If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8224 for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8225
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8226 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8227
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8228 *** References to external documents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8229
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8230 The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8231 documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8232 documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8233 macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8234 RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8235 the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8236 The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8237
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8238 *** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8239
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
8240 The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8241 and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8242
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8243 Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8244 the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8245
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8246 *** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8247
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8248 The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8249 buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8250
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8251 *** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8252
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8253 The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8254 contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8255 `reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8256 have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8257 enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8258 at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8259 more.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8260
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8261 *** Support for the varioref package
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8262
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8263 The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8264
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8265 *** New hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8266
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8267 Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8268 and citations are created. These hooks are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8269 `reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8270 `reftex-format-cite-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8271
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8272 *** Citations outside LaTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8273
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8274 The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8275 a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8276
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8277 *** Short context is no longer fontified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8279 The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8280 fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8281 fontified, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8282
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8283 (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8284
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8285 ** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8286 With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8287 the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8288 directories that contain the same file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8289
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8290 Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8291 Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8292 file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8293 Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8294 have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8295 names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8296 directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8297 directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8298
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8299 ** New modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8300
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8301 *** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8302 It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8303 it, but some do not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8304
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8305 *** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8306 code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8307
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8308 *** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8309 current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8310 around in a buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8311
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8312 Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8314 *** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8315 uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8316 be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8317 established system of notation similar to Chess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8318
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8319 *** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8320 documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8321 guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8322
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8323 *** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8324 available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8325 system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8326 simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8327 functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8328 the like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8329
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8330 *** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8331 identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8333 *** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8334 within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8335 used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8336 the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8337
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8338 *** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8339
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8340 apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8341 samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8342 fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8343 x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8344 hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8345 mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8346 javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8347 vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8348 java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8349 java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8350 mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8351
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8352 Platform-specific modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8353
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8354 prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8355 pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8356 alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8357 inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8358 ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8359 reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8360 bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8361 rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8362 rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
8363
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8364 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8365
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8366 ** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8367 use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8368 That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8369 Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8370
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8371 Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8372 you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8373 consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8374
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8375 ** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8376 and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8377 specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8378 searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8379
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8380 ** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8381 multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8382 character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8383 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8384
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8385 ** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8386 take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8387 string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8388 current input method for reading this one event.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8389
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8390 ** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8391 now control whether to output certain characters as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8392 backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8393 non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8394 characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8395 in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
8396
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8397 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8398
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8399 ** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8400 of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8401
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8402 ** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8403 in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8404 always increases point by 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8405
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8406 The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8407 considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8408
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8409 See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8410
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8411 ** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8412 Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8413 default value changed. For example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8415 (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8416 :type 'integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8417 :group 'foo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8418 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8419
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8420 (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8421 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8422
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8423 If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8424 default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8425 is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8426 `:version' in the top level group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8427
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8428 This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8429
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8430 ** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8431 starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8433 However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8434 symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8435 support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8436 to themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8438 If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8439 this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8440 values whatever.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8441
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8442 ** There is a new debugger command, R.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8443 It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8444 in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8445
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8446 ** Frame-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8447
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8448 You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8449 the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8450 local bindings for that variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8451
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8452 These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8453 frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8454 modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8455 parameter name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8457 Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8458 Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8459 active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8460 that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8461
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8462 It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8463 clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8464 very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8465 through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8466
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8467 ** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8468 "symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8469 evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8470 makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8471 See the documentation in sregex.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8472
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8473 ** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8474 is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8475 parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8476 The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8477
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8478 ** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8479 If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8480
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8481 ** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8482 known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8483 define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8484
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8485 ** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8486 when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8487 it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8488 history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8490 The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8491 return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8492 empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8493
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8494 ** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8495 for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8496 `iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8497 Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8498 `read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8499
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8500 ** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8501 echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8502 a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8503 default password to use if the user enters nothing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8505 ** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8506 specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8507 function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8508 place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8509 non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8510
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8511 ** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8512 If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8513 up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8514 end of the window, even if this requires computation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8515
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8516 ** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8517 which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8518 If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8520 ** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8521 holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8522 was directed to display this buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8523
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8524 ** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8525 with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8526 describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8527 other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8528 set-window-configuration.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8529
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8530 ** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8531 window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8532 positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8533 windows and the choice of buffers to display.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8534
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8535 ** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8536 override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8537 look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8538
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8539 If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8540 non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8541 map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8542
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8543 minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8544 and it is meant to be set by major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8546 ** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8547 except that it discards all text properties from the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8548
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8549 ** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8550 USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8551 floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8553 ** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8554 to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8555 in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8556 it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8557
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8558 ** Menu changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8559
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8560 *** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8561 keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8562 better supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8563
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8564 The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8565 a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8566 you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8567 can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8568 then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8569
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8570 *** A new format for menu items is supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8571
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8572 In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8573 (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8574 defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8575 starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8577 The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8578 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8579 (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8580 where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8581 string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8582 The supported properties include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8584 :enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8585 item is enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8586 :visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8587 item should appear in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8588 :filter FILTER-FN
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8589 FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8590 which will be REAL-BINDING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8591 It should return a binding to use instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8592 :keys DESCRIPTION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8593 DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
8594 binding for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8595 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8596 :key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8597 KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8598 keyboard binding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8599 :key-sequence nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8600 This means that the command normally has no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8601 keyboard equivalent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8602 :help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8603 :button (TYPE . SELECTED)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8604 TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8605 SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8606 value says whether this button is currently selected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8608 Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8609 Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8610
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8611 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8612
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8613 ** New event types
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8614
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8615 *** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8616 mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8617 corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8618 which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8620 (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8622 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8623 same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8624 indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8625 negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8626 the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8627 forward, away from the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8628
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8629 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8631 *** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8632 files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8633 and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8634 filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8635 loaded into Emacs. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8636
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8637 (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8638
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8639 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8640 same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8641 that were dragged and dropped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8642
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8643 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8644
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8645 ** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8646
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8647 *** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8648 any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8649 to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8650
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8651 *** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8652 can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8653 that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8654
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8655 *** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8656 in Emacs 19 and before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8657
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8658 The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8659 The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8660
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8661 *** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8662 buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8663 unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8664 representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8665
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8666 This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8667 as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8668 viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8669 one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8670 will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8671
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8672 This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8673 representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8674 (including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8675 consistent with the new representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8676
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8677 *** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8678 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8679 about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8680 however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8682 The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8683 nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8684 using the table nonascii-translation-table.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8685
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8686 *** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8687 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8688 representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8689
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8690 The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8691 loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8692 is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8693
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8694 *** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8695 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8696
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8697 *** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8698 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8699
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8700 *** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8701 portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8702 so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8703 You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8704
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8705 *** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8706 it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8707
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8708 *** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8709 convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8710 buffer or string being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8711
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8712 One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8713 [...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8714 searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8715 searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8716 obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8717 you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8718 expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8719
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8720 *** Structure of coding system changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8721
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8722 All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8723 by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8724 which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8725 as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8726 vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8727 your own alias name of a coding system by the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8728 define-coding-system-alias.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8729
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8730 The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8731 the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8732 access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8733 pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8734 character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8735 safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8736 'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8737 `iso-8859-1'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8738
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8739 Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8740 The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8741 coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8742 (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8743
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8744 Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8745 also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8746 are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8747 the other character sets and read it back correctly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8748
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8749 *** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8750 proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8751 This function requires a user interaction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8752
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8753 *** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8754 find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8755 select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8756 systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8757 a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8758 select-safe-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8759
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8760 *** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8761 decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8762 last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8763 was done.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8764
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8765 *** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8766 used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8767 coding systems used by some specific language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8768
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8769 *** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8770 return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8771 characters are found, they now return a list of single element
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8772 `undecided' or its subsidiaries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8773
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8774 *** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8775 coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8776 coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8777 converted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8778
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8779 *** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8780 coding system for communicating with other X clients.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8781
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8782 *** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8783 character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8784 character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8785 each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8786 either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8787 range of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8788
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8789 *** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8790 Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8791
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8792 *** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8793 in the current buffer at position POS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8794
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8795 *** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8796 input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8797 function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8798 character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8799 event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8800 binding input-method-function to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8801
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8802 The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8803 method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8804 input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8805 the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8806 not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8807
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8808 The input method function is not called when reading the second and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8809 subsequent events of a key sequence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8810
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8811 *** You can customize any language environment by using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8812 set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8813
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8814 The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8815 customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8816 instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8817 environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8818 exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
8819
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8820 * Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8821
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8822 ** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8823 options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8824 at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8825 tree structure.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8826
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8827 M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8828 user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8829
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8830 With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8831 session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8832 in your .emacs file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8833
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8834 ** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8835 You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8836
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8837 ** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8838 This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8840 ** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8841 immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8842 kills the region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8843
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8844 The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8845 delete the character before point, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8846
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8847 ** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8848 on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8849 by setting search-highlight to nil.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8851 ** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8852 insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8853 the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8854 onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8855 history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8856 past.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8857
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8858 ** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8859 This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8860 in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8861 TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8862 makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8863
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8864 As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8865 and is an alias for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8866
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8867 If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8868 use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8869
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8870 ** Scrolling changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8871
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8872 *** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8873 position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8874
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8875 In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8876 on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8877 where it started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8878
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8879 *** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8880 move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8881 screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8882 does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8884 *** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8885 top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8886 comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8887 recenters the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8888
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8889 ** International character set support (MULE)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8890
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8891 Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8892 including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8893 Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8894 Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8895 features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8896 MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8897
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8898 Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8899 coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8900 character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8901 variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8902 into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8903
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8904 Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8905 generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8906 supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8907 language, to make it possible to type them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8908
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8909 The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8910 character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8911
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8912 The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8913 to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8914
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8915 You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8917 (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8918
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8919 Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8920 characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8921 argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8922 already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8923 characters for their work until they want to change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8924
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8925 *** Input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8926
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8927 An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8928 specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8929 has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8930 the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8931 support several input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8932
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8933 The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8934 another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8935 work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8936
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8937 A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8938 characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8939 composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8940 consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8941 sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8942 letter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8944 The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8945 by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8946 First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8947 marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8948 mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8949
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8950 None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8951 they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8952 phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8953 converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8955 Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8956 word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8957 typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8958 the first guess is wrong.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8959
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8960 *** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8961 turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8962
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8963 If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8964 byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8965 they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8966 the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8968 However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8969 use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8970 includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8971 translate automatically to and from either one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8972
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8973 *** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8974
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8975 Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8976 file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8977 sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8978 what you want.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8980 If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8981 example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8982 system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8983 multibyte characters in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8985 If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8986 character conversion as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8987
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8988 *** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8989
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8990 A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8991 Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8992 requires using many fonts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8993
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8994 Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8995 collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8996
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8997 A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8998 the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8999 have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9000 you would use a font.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9001
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9002 If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9003 specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9004 display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9005
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9006 The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9007 (that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
41055
ff0394a304bd Remove the description of variabel `highlight-wrong-size-font'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40973
diff changeset
9008 characters).
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9009
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9010 *** Defining fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9011
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9012 Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9013 chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9014 with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9015
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9016 Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9017 of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9018 `fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9019 standard fontset are created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9020
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9021 If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9022 argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9023 FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9024 with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9025 name is `fontset-startup'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9026
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9027 Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9028 The resource value should have this form:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9029 FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9030 FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9031 * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9032 * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9033 * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9034 The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9035 of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
35863
534be6e166a6 Yet another bunch of typo fizes from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35862
diff changeset
9036 CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
534be6e166a6 Yet another bunch of typo fizes from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35862
diff changeset
9037 should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9039 Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9040 last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9041 You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9042
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9043 For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9044 font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9045 following resource,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9046 Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9047 the font for ASCII is generated as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9048 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9049 Here is the substitution rule:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9050 Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9051 defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9052 the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9053 sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9054 (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9056 The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9057 fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9058 that function explicitly to create a fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9059
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9060 With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9061 like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9062 name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9063 fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9064 fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9065
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9066 *** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9067 defaults for a particular choice of language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9069 Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9070 method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9071 visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9072 already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9073 language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9074 system for new files that you create.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9075
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9076 It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9077 set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9078 whole Emacs session.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9079
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9080 For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9081 chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9082 with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9083
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9084 *** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9085 specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9086 specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9087 the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9088 coding systems that Emacs supports.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9090 *** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9091 lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9092 This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9093 After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9094 is used for *the immediately following command*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9095
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9096 So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9097 write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9098
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9099 If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9100 then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9101
47283
0f65e6f1d100 Fix spacing.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47201
diff changeset
9102 For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9103 visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9104
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9105 *** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9106 construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9107 to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9108 specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9109 of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9110
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9111 *** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9112 the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9113 code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9114 translated into that character code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9115
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9116 This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9117 various countries to support the languages of those countries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9118
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9119 By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9121 *** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9122 the coding system for keyboard input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9123
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9124 Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9125 with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9126 some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9128 By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9129
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9130 Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9131 input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9132 translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9133 to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9134 designed to work with terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9135
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9136 *** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9137 specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9138 This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9139 has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9140 translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9141 in the corresponding buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9142
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9143 By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9144
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9145 *** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9146 to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9147 It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9148
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9149 *** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9150 an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9151 command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9152 want to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9153
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9154 C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9155 method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9157 *** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9158 layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9159 remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9160 which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9161
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9162 *** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9163 the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9164 related information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9166 *** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9167 HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9168 scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9169
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9170 *** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9171 information about the support for a particular language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9172 You specify the language as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9174 *** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9175 the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9176 first dash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9177
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9178 A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9179 (except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9180 whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9181 1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9182
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9183 A alternativnyj (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9184 B big5 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9185 C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9186 C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9187 D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9188 E euc-japan (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9189 I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9190 J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9191 K euc-korea (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9192 R koi8 (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9193 Q tibetan
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9194 S shift_jis (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9195 T lao
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9196 T tis620 (Thai)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9197 V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9198 i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9199 k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9200 v viqr (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9201 z hz (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9202
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9203 When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9204 two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9205 coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9206 keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9207
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9208 *** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9209 conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9210
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9211 When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9212 into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9213 rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9214 Rmail files themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9216 *** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9217 conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9218
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9219 Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9220 for sending mail:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9221
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9222 - If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9223 - Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9224 - Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9225 if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9226 - Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9227
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9228 *** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9229 to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9230 Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9231 translations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9232
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9233 ** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9234 of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9235 insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9236 without any conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9237
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9238 ** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9239 You can now specify any number of octal digits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9240 RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9241 any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9242
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9243 ** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9244 functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9245
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9246 Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9247 Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9248
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9249 Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9250 mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9251
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9252 ** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9253 complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9254 in the buffer before point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9255
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9256 With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9257 symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9258 you are using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9259
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9260 With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9261 just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9262
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9263 ** File locking works with NFS now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9264
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9265 The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9266 in the same directory as FILENAME.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9267
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9268 This means that collision detection between two different machines now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9269 works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9270 can become a bottleneck.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9271
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9272 The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9273 does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9274 create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9275 file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9276 rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9277 so useful that the change is worth while.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9279 When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9280 are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9281 collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9282 tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9283
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9284 ** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9285 it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9286 show-paren-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9287
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9288 ** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9289 selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9290 delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9291
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9292 ** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9293 within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9294 complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9295
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9296 ** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9297 it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9298 set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9299
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9300 ** Changes in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9301
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9302 *** Several new commands are available in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9303 Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9304
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9305 *** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9306 view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9307
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9308 *** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9309 previous state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9310
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9311 *** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9312 scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9314 *** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9315 non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9316 not just the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9317
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9318 *** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9319 read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9320 turns View mode on or off.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9322 *** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9323 how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9324 delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9326 ** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9327 now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9328
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9329 ** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9330 has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9331 presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9332 which version to compare with.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9333
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9334 ** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9335 blocks if a match is inside the block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9337 The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9338 is outside the block. By customizing the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9339 isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9340 shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9341
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9342 By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9343 of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9344 blocks, all of them or none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9346 ** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9347 current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9348 confirmation first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9349
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9350 ** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9351 now changes the major mode according to that file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9352 However, the mode will not be changed if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9353 (1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9354 (2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9355 not suitable for ordinary files, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9356 (3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9357
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9358 This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9359
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9360 However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9361 these commands do not change the major mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9362
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9363 ** M-x occur changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9364
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9365 *** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9366 it performs a case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9368 *** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9369 if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9370 using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9371
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9372 ** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9373 in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9374 window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9375 that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9376 buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9377
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9378 ** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9379 after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9380 appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9381 come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9382
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9383 ** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9384 selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9385 buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9386
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9387 ** Outline mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9388
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9389 *** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9390
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9391 *** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9393 ** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9394 you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9395 Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9396 was already active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9397
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9398 The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9399 unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9400 get confused by it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9401
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9402 If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9403 set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9404
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9405 ** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9406
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9407 *** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9408 conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9409 character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9410 including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9411
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9412 The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9413 mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9414 copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9415
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9416 *** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9417 are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9418 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9419
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9420 `dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9421 case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9422 `dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9423 case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9424
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9425 ** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9426 certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9427 can be. The default value is 30.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9428
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9429 ** Changes in Mail mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9431 *** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9432 Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9433 composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9434 `mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9435 `sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9436 behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9438 C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9439 compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9440
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9441 *** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9442 the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9443 replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9444 buffer that shows the original message.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9445
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9446 *** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9447 with separator lines around the contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9448
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9449 *** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9450 in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9451 definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9452 need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9453
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9454 *** New features in the mail-complete command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9455
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9456 **** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9457 for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9458 controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9459 Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9460
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9461 **** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9462 to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9463 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9464
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9465 **** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9466 to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9467 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9468
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9469 ** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9470 special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9471 directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9472 reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9473
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9474 Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9475 when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9476 be taken to be magic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9477
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9478 ** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9479 files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9480 available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9481
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9482 M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9483 (-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9484
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9485 ** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9486 suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9487
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9488 In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9490 new key dired.el binding old key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9491 ------- ---------------- -------
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9492 * c dired-change-marks c
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9493 * m dired-mark m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9494 * * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9495 * / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9496 * @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9497 * u dired-unmark u
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9498 * DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
9499 * ? dired-unmark-all-files C-M-?
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9500 * ! dired-unmark-all-marks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9501 * % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9502 * C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9503 * C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9505 ** Rmail changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9506
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9507 *** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9508 saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9509 chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9510 each time you run it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9511
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9512 *** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9513 whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9514
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9515 *** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9516 messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9517 means to move in the opposite direction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9518
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9519 *** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9520 you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9521
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9522 *** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9523 just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9524 It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9525 can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9526 for output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9528 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9529
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9530 *** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9531
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9532 *** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9533 Gnus.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9534
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9535 *** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9536 `and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9538 *** Article washing status can be displayed in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9539 article mode line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9540
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9541 *** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9542
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9543 *** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9544
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9545 (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9546
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9547 *** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9548 are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9549 `gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9550
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9551 *** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9553 *** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9554
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9555 *** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9556 See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9557
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9558 *** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9559 Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9560 used to pick articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9561
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9562 *** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9563 another have been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9564
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9565 `M-x gnus-change-server'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9566
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9567 *** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9568 generating lines in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9569
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9570 *** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
9571 `C-M-_'.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9572
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9573 *** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9574
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9575 *** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9577 (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9579 *** Scores can be decayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9580
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9581 (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9582
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9583 *** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9584 Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9585
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9586 *** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9587 the native server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9588
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9589 `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9590
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9591 *** A new command for reading collections of documents
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
9592 (nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9593
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9594 *** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9595
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9596 *** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9597 even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9598
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9599 *** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9600 (DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9601
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9602 Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9603 a group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9604
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9605 *** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9606 sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9608 See the commands under the `T S' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9610 *** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9611
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9612 See the commands under the `G P' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9613
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9614 *** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9615
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9616 Use the `Y c' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9618 *** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9620 *** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9622 `M-x nnmail-split-history'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9623
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9624 *** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9625 from incoming mail before saving the mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9626
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9627 See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9628
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9629 *** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9631 *** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9632 the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9633
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9634 (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9635
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9636 Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9637 and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9638 from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9639 hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9640 this issue.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9641
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9642 Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9643 automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9644 particular news group. This can be done by:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9645
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9646 (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9647
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9648 Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9649 of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9650 "XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9651 system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9652 for reading and posting).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9653
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9654 CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9655 (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9656 Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9657 newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9658 there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9659
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9660 Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9661 default. Here are some of these default settings:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9662
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9663 (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9664 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9665 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9666 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9667 (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9668
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9669 When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9670 the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9671
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9672 ** CC mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9673
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9674 *** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9675 code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9676 values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9677 this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9678 Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9679 loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9680
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9681 If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9682 Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9683 style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9684 share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9685 c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9686 must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9687
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9688 *** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9689 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9690
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9691 *** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9692 it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9693 of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9694
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9695 *** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9696 style that the Python developers like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9697
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9698 *** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9699 This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9700 just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9701
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9702 ** VC Changes [new]
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9703
36908
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9704 *** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9705 name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9706 directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9707
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9708 This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9709 master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9710 developers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9711
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9712 You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9713 RET in a buffer visiting that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9714
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9715 *** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9716 other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9717 writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9718 calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9719
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9720 *** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9721 version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9723 ** Calendar changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9724
36908
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9725 *** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9726 subclasses of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9727 you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9728 following/previous years.
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9729
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9730 *** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system. Use `pb' in
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9731 the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date. The Baha'i
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9732 calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9733 each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year). The
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9734 calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
9735 supposed attribute of God.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9737 ** ps-print changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9738
37289
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9739 There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9740 layout.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9741
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9742 *** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9743
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9744 Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9745 be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex. If your
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9746 printer system has this behavior, set variable
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9747 `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9748
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9749 If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9750 blank page as the very first printed page. So, it behaves as if the
37375
612c8df1b6a5 Fix a typo.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37365
diff changeset
9751 very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
37289
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9752
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9753 The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9754 setting duplex mode and page size. Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9755
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9756 lpr-switches duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9757 Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9758 printing for your printer.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9759
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9760 setpagedevice duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9761 setpagedevice PostScript operator.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9762
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9763 nil duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9764 the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9765
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9766 The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9767 opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other. If
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9768 `ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9769 bindings on the left or right. If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9770 ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9771 This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9772 The default value is nil.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9773
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9774 The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9775 properties alist. Valid frame properties are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9776
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9777 fore-color Specify the foreground frame color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9778 Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9779 color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9780 color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9781 correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9782 float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9783 color). The default is 0 ("black").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9784
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9785 back-color Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9786 The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9787
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9788 shadow-color Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9789 The default is 0 ("black").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9790
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9791 border-color Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9792 The default is 0 ("black").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9793
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9794 border-width Specify the border width.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9795 The default is 0.4.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9796
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9797 Any other property is ignored.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9798
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9799 Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9800 `ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9801 documentation).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9802
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9803 Ps-print can also print footers. The footer variables are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9804 `ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9805 `ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9806 `ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9807 `ps-footer-frame-alist'. These variables are similar to those
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9808 controlling headers.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9809
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9810 *** Color management (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9811
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9812 If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9813 color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9814
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9815 *** Face Management (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9816
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9817 If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9818 set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9819 background should be used. Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9820
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9821 t always use face background color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9822 nil never use face background color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9823 (face...) list of faces whose background color will be used.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9824
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9825 *** N-up printing (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9826
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9827 The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9828 sheet of paper.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9829
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9830 The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9831 between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9832
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9833 If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9834 each page.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9835
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9836 The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9837 on each sheet of paper. Following are the valid values for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9838 `ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9839
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9840 `left-top' 1 2 3 4 `left-bottom' 9 10 11 12
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9841 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9842 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9843
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9844 `right-top' 4 3 2 1 `right-bottom' 12 11 10 9
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9845 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9846 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9847
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9848 `top-left' 1 4 7 10 `bottom-left' 3 6 9 12
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9849 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9850 3 6 9 12 1 4 7 10
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9851
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9852 `top-right' 10 7 4 1 `bottom-right' 12 9 6 3
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9853 11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9854 12 9 6 3 10 7 4 1
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9855
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9856 Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9857
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9858 *** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9859
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9860 The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9861 RGB color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9862
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9863 The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9864 continue on next page. Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9865 to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9866
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9867 `nil' `follow' `full' `full-follow'
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9868 Current Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9869 1 XXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXX + 1 XXXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9870 2 XXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXX + 2 XXXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9871 3 XXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXX + 3 XXXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9872 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9873 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9874 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9875 7 XXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXX + 7 XXXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9876 8 XXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXX + 8 XXXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9877 9 XXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXX + 9 XXXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9878 10 + 10 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9879 11 + 11 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9880 -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9881 Next Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9882 12 XXXXX + 12 + 10 XXXXXX + 10 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9883 13 XXXXX + 13 XXXXXXXX + 11 XXXXXX + 11 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9884 14 XXXXX + 14 XXXXXXXX + 12 XXXXXX + 12 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9885 15 + 15 XXXXXXXX + 13 + 13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9886 16 + 16 + 14 + 14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9887 17 + 17 + 15 + 15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9888 18 XXXXX + 18 + 16 XXXXXX + 16 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9889 19 XXXXX + 19 XXXXXXXX + 17 XXXXXX + 17 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9890 20 XXXXX + 20 XXXXXXXX + 18 XXXXXX + 18 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9891 21 + 21 XXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9892 22 + 22 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9893 -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9894
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9895 Any other value is treated as `nil'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9896
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9897
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9898 *** Printer management (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9899
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9900 The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9901 some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9902 `ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string. If you're using the lpr
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9903 utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9904 to "-P".
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9905
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9906 The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9907 paper feeding. If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place. If it's
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9908 non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9909
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9910 The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9911 should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript. Non-nil means
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9912 do so.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9913
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9914 *** Page settings (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9915
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9916 If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9917 error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9918 indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9919 instead. If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9920 the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9921 by `ps-paper-type'. This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9922 `setpagedevice'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9923
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9924 The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9925 printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9926 `upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9927
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9928 The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print. If
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9929 it's nil, all pages are printed. If it's a list, list elements may be
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9930 integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9931 specifying to print from page FROM to TO. Invalid list elements, that
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9932 is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9933 its TO, are ignored.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9934
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9935 The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9936 pages. Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9937
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9938 nil print all pages.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9939
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9940 `even-page' print only even pages.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9941
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9942 `odd-page' print only odd pages.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9943
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9944 `even-sheet' print only even sheets.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9945 That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9946 `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9947 print only the even sheet of paper.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9948
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9949 `odd-sheet' print only odd sheets.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9950 That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9951 `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9952 only the odd sheet of paper.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9953
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9954 Any other value is treated as nil.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9955
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9956 If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9957 are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9958 `ps-even-or-odd-pages'. For example, if we have:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9959
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9960 (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9961
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9962 and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9963 `ps-n-up-printing', we get:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9964
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9965 `ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9966 `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9967 nil 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9968 even-page 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9969 odd-page 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9970 even-sheet 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9971 odd-sheet 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9972
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9973 `ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9974 `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9975 nil 1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9976 even-page 4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9977 odd-page 1/7, 9/13, 15
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9978 even-sheet 6/7, 10/12, 15/16
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9979 odd-sheet 1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9980
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9981 *** Miscellany (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9982
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9983 The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9984 messages should be sent.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9985
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9986 It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9987 front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9988 `ps-user-defined-prologue'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9989
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9990 The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9991
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9992 The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9993 points for line numbers.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9994
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9995 The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9996 numbers. See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9997
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9998 The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9999 line numbers are printed. For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10000 to 2, the printing will look like:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10001
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10002 1 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10003 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10004 3 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10005 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10006 5 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10007 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10008 ...
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10009
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10010 Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10011
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10012 integer an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10013 printed. If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10014 is used.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10015
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10016 `zebra' specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10017 zebra stripe is to be printed.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10018
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10019 Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10020
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10021 The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10022 the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'. For example, if
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10023 `ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10024 3, the output will look like:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10025
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10026 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10027 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10028 3 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10029 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10030 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10031 6 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10032 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10033 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10034 9 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10035 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10036 ...
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10037
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10038 The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10039 where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10040
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10041 The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10042 for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10043 `ps-font-size').
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10044
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10045 The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10046 in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10047 `ps-font-size').
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10048
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10049 The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10050
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10051 The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
10052 start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10053
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10054 ** hideshow changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10056 *** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10057 C++, ; for lisp).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10058
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10059 *** Support for java-mode added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10060
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10061 *** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10062 in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10063
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
10064 *** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10065 the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10066 way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10067
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10068 *** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10069 robust and a lot faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10070
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10071 *** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10073 *** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10074 to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10075 documentation for more details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10076
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10077 ** Changes in Enriched mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10078
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10079 *** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10080 filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10081 of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10082 use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10083 the next time unless the fill-column is different.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10084
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10085 *** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10086 distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10087 as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10088 as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10090 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10092 *** Custom support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10093
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10094 The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10095 font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10096 faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10097 group font-lock-highlighting-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10098 your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10099 consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10100
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10101 You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10102
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10103 *** Maximum decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10104
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10105 Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10106 default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10107 of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10108 supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10109 to get the old behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10110
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10111 *** New support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10112
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10113 Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10114
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10115 Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10116 support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10117
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10118 *** Configurable support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10119
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10120 Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10121 additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10122 c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10123 java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10124 list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10125 of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10126 convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10128 Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10129 way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10130 it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10131
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10132 *** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10133
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10134 You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10135 highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10136 for any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10137
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10138 For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10140 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10141
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10142 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10143
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10144 *** New faces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10145
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10146 Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10147 font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10148 distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10149 to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10150
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10151 *** Changes to fast-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10152
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10153 The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10154 cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10155 same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10157 *** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10159 The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10160 according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10161 the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10162 non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10163 refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10164 the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
46989
eeab5bdaffa2 Fix typos.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 46962
diff changeset
10165 Lock mode behavior and the behavior of Font Lock mode.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10166
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10167 This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10168 For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10169 this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10170 refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10171 containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10172 the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10174 As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10176 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10177 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10178 Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10179 new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10180
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10181 If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10182 settings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10183
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10184 ** Ada mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10186 *** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10187 If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10188 procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10189 you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10190 stubs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10191
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10192 *** There are two new commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10193 - `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10194 - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10195
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10196 The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10197 `ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10198 `ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10199
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10200 *** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10201 is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10202 Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10204 *** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10205 formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10206 places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10207 space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10208
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10209 ** Scheme mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10210
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10211 *** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10212 mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10213 for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10214 with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10215 have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10216
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10217 If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10218 still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10219 scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10220 variables as buffer-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10221
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10222 *** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10223 Use M-x dsssl-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10224
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10225 ** Changes to the emacsclient program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10226
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10227 *** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10228 USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10229 associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10230 can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10231
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10232 *** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10233 it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10234 buffer in Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10235
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10236 *** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10237 use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10238 ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10239 option takes precedence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10240
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10241 ** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10242 constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10243 (in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10245 ** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10246 which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10247 the current defun.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10248
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10249 ** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10250 following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10251
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10252 ** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10253 and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10254 necessary).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10255
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10256 ** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10257 if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10258 these register values no longer become completely useless.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10259 If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10260 asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10261 it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10262
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10263 ** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10264 example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10265 be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10266 you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10267
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10268 You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10269 variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10270 file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10271 revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10272 only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10273
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10274 ** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10275 since it applies only to the current frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10276
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10277 ** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10278 file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10279 and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10281 This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10282 multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10283 variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10284 tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10285 instead of just the file you are editing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10287 ** RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10288
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10289 RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10290 and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10291 different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10292 multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10293 turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10294
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10295 C-c ( reftex-label
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10296 Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10297 knows which kind of label is needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10298
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10299 C-c ) reftex-reference
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10300 Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10301 label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10302
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10303 C-c [ reftex-citation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10304 Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10305 database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10306
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10307 C-c & reftex-view-crossref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10308 Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10309
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10310 C-c = reftex-toc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10311 Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10312 can quickly jump to every section.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10314 Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10315 commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10316 Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10317 reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10318 C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10319
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10320 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10322 *** Info documentation is now available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10323
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10324 *** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10325 both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10326
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10327 *** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10328 bibtex-user-optional-fields.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10329
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10330 *** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10331 (use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10333 *** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10334 entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10335 appropriate functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10337 *** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
10338 entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10339
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10340 *** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10341 been cleaned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10343 *** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10344 bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10346 *** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10347 shall be delimited.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10348
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10349 *** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10350 bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10351 bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10352
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10353 *** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10354 field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10355 prefixed with `ALT'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10356
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10357 *** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10358 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10359 formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10360 documentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10361
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10362 *** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10363 documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10364 for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10365
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10366 *** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10367 comma should be inserted at end of last field.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10368
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10369 *** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10370 alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10371 signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10373 *** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10374
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10375 *** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10376
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10377 *** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10378 from alien sources.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10379
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10380 *** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10381 to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10382 crossref entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10384 *** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10385 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10386
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10387 *** Added support for imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10388
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10389 *** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10390 of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10391 `compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10392 `next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10393
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10394 *** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10395 from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10396
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10397 ** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10398
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10399 ** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10400
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10401 ** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10402 functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10403 Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10404 as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10405
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10406 When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10407 and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10408
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10409 ** browse-url changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10410
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10411 *** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10412 Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10413 (browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10414 non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10415 customization variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10416
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10417 *** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10419 *** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10420 lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10421 (e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10422
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10423 ** Changes in Ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10424
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10425 *** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10426 pops up the Info file for this command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10427
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10428 *** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10429 the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10430 merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10431 directories).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10433 *** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10434 and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10435 files in the same directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10436
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10437 *** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10438 The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10439 related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10440
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10441 ** Changes in Viper
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10442
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10443 *** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10444 *** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10445 instead of vip-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10446 *** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10447 *** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10448 Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10449 *** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10450 *** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10451 *** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10452 color when Viper is in insert state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10453 *** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10454 Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10455 viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10457 ** Etags changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10458
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10459 *** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10460 default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10461 Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10462 variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10463 not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10464
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10465 *** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10466
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10467 *** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10468 constructs are tagged. Files are recognised by the extension .java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10469
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10470 *** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10471 recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10472 In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10473
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10474 *** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10475 C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10476 recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10477 methods and protocols.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10478
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10479 *** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognised by the extension
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10480 .cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10481 column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10482 paragraph name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10483
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10484 *** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10485 an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10486 at least M times and as many as N times.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10487
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10488 ** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10489 in files has changed slightly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10490
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10491 With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10492 time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10493 This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10494 with old time-stamp-format values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10495
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10496 In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10497 (`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10498 This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10499 reasons.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10500
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10501 In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10502 natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10503 fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10504 (`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10505 time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10506 specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10507
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10508 Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10509 case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10510 truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10511
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10512 The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10513 being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10514 future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10515 recommended now will continue to work then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10516
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10517 See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10518 details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10520 ** There are some additional major modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10521
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10522 dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10523 m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10524 meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10525
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10526 ** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10527 copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10528 into Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10529
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10530 ** New Lisp packages include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10531
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10532 *** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10533
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10534 *** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10535 be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10536
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10537 *** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10538
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10539 *** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10540 in shell buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10541
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10542 *** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10543 See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10544 and `elint-defun'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10546 *** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10547 meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10548 ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10549 strings or comments.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10550
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10551 These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10552 abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10553 you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10554 insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10555 at these points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10556
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10557 *** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10558 can visit them by short forms of their names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10559
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10560 *** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10561 Emacs Lisp function at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10562
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10563 *** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10564
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10565 *** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10566 switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10567
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10568 *** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10569
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10570 *** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10571
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10572 *** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10573
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10574 *** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10575 from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10577 *** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10578 You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10579 inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10580 original place after inserting the copy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10581
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10582 *** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10583 on the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10584
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10585 You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10586 velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10587 (with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10588
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10589 Enable mouse-drag with:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10590 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10591 -or-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10592 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10593
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10594 *** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10595 mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10596
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10597 *** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10598 It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10599
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10600 *** ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10601
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10602 The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10603 Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10604 platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10605 TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10606 ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10607 prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10608 instance) and vice versa.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10610 To use this package load it using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10611 M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10612 Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10613 M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10614 M-x ogonek-how -- in English
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10615 The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10616 ways of customization in `.emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10618 *** Interface to ph.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10620 Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10622 The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10623 services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10624 these servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10625
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10626 *** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10627
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10628 *** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10629 You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10630 while the real cursor does not move.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10631
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10632 *** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10633 for visiting your favorite web sites.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10634
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10635 *** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10636 so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10637
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10638 ** movemail change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10639
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10640 Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10641 mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10642 supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10643 user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10644
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10645 This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
10646
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10647 * Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10648
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10649 ** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10650
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10651 Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10652 end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10653 Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10654 file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10655 file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10656
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10657 To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10658 C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10659 coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10660 specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10661 LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10662 save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
10663
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10664 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10665
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10666 ** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10667 Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10668 vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10669 Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10670
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10671 ** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10672 to start with w32- instead of win32-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10673
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10674 In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10675 don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10676 "win".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10678 ** Basic Lisp changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10679
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10680 *** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10681 evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10682
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10683 *** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10684 be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10685 or by the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10686
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10687 The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10688
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10689 *** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10690
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10691 (when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10692 (unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10693
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10694 *** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10695 usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10696 its argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10697
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10698 *** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10699
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10700 *** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10701
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10702 *** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10703
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10704 *** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10705 error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10706 include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10707 `format' function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10708
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10709 *** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10710 or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10711 whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10713 *** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10714 either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10715 adding one of these suffixes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10716
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10717 *** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10718 which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10719 If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10720
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10721 We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10722 because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10723
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10724 *** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10725
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10726 *** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10727 You must load the `cl' library to define it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10728
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10729 *** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10730 conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10731
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10732 (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10733
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10734 BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10735 BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10737 *** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10738 choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10739 restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10740 works using `save-current-buffer'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10741
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10742 *** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10743 write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10744 of the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10745
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10746 *** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10747 which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10748 last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10749 as the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10750
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10751 *** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10752 characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10753 matches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10754
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10755 For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10756
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10757 *** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10758 with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10759 Then it returns that string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10760
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10761 For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10762
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10763 (with-output-to-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10764 (princ "The buffer is ")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10765 (princ (buffer-name)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10766
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10767 returns "The buffer is foo".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10768
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10769 ** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10770 is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10771
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10772 These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10773 buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10774 characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10775
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10776 *** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10777 a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10778
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10779 Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10780 character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10781 Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10782 position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10783 characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10784 (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10785
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10786 ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10787 Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10788 non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10789 characters".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10790
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10791 The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10792 through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10793 "leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10794 range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10795 leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10796
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10797 *** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10798 (forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10799 multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10800 character, which may be more than one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10801
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10802 This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10803 always one buffer position, need to be changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10804
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10805 However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10806
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10807 *** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10808 because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10809 have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10810 the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10811 guaranteed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10812
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10813 *** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10814 between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10815 character).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10817 When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10818
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10819 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10820 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10821 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10822 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10823 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10824
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10825 *** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10826
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10827 *** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10828 `length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10829 more than the number of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10830
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10831 You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10832 it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10833 \xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10834 is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10835 follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10836 newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10837
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10838 *** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10839 and returns a string containing those characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10840
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10841 *** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10842 (sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10843 counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10844 character, sref signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10845
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10846 *** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10847 in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10848 string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10849
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10850 *** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10851 in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10852 region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10853
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10854 *** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10855 the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10856 to a vector of the characters in it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10857
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10858 *** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10859 of a string. You call it as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10860
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10861 (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10862
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10863 This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10864 STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10865 This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10866 Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10867 it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10868
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10869 *** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10870 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10871
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10872 *** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10873 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10874
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10875 *** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10876 to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10877 not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10878 which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10879
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10880 (truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10881
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10882 This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10884 The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10885 If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10886 are not included in the resulting value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10887
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10888 The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10889 at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10890 WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10891 is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10892
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10893 If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10894 place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10895 character extends across that column), then the padding character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10896 PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10897 string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10898 column START-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10899
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10900 *** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10901 the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10902 necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10903 difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10904 changed text, before the change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10905
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10906 *** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10907 sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10908 one character set for each script, not for each language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10909
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10910 **** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10911
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10912 **** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10913
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10914 **** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10915 set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10917 **** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10918 name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10919 which identify the character within that character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10920
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10921 **** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10922 byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10923 opposite of split-char.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10924
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10925 **** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10926 of all the characters between BEG and END.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10927
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10928 **** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10929 of all the characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10930
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10931 *** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10932 and specifying coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10933
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10934 **** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10935 system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10936 of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10937 (Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10938 and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10939 as what to do about code conversion.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10940
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10941 **** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10942 name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10944 **** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10945 for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10946 except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10947
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10948 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10949 which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10950 to match against a file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10951
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10952 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10953 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10954 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10955 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10956 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10957 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10958
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10959 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10960 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10961
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10962 **** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10963 the coding system to use for network sockets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10964
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10965 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10966 which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10967 either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10968 service names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10969
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10970 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10971 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10972 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10973 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10974 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10975 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10976
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10977 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10978 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10980 **** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10981 for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10982 except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10983 start the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10985 **** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10986 systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10987 when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10988 (OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10989 to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10990
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10991 **** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10992 coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10993 subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10994
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10995 It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10996 but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10997 start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10998 connection permanently or until overridden.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10999
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11000 The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11001 file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11002 network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11003 coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11004 It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11005 system for one operation at a time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11006
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11007 **** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11008 files, subprocesses or network connections.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11009
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11010 **** The function process-coding-system tells you what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11011 coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11012 The value is a cons cell,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11013 (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11014 where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11015 the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11016 input to the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11017
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11018 **** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11019 change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11020
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11021 ** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11022 customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11023 you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11024
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11025 You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11026 variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11027 information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11028 legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11029 customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11030
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11031 Thus, instead of writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11032
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11033 (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11034 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11035
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11036 you would now write this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11037
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11038 (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11039 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11040 :type 'boolean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11041 :group foo)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11042
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11043 The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11044 two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11045 describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11046 for a description of them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11047
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11048 The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11049 should belong to. You define a new group like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11050
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11051 (defgroup ispell nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11052 "Spell checking using Ispell."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11053 :group 'processes)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11054
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11055 The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11056 group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11057 but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11058 to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11059 second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11060
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11061 Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11062 package should have just one group; a more complex package should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11063 have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11064 package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11065 first-level subgroups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11066
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11067 ** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11069 This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11070 separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11071
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11072 ** easy-mmode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11073
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11074 The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11075 developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11076 only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11077 predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11078 `easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11079 `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11080
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11081 ** Text property changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11082
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11083 *** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11084 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11085
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11086 *** The new functions next-char-property-change and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11087 previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11088 place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11089 functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11090 starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11092 If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11093 LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11094 of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11095 position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11096
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11097 *** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11098 value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11099 is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11100
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11101 ** Changes in invisibility features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11102
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11103 *** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11104 hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11105 is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11106 should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11107 would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11108 make the overlay visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11109
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11110 During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11111 invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11112 needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11113 which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11114 the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11115 t when it should hide it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11116
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11117 *** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11118
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11119 Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11120 invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11121 and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11122 Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11123 manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11124 Here is an example of how to do this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11125
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11126 ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11127 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11128 ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11129 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11130
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11131 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11132 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11133
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11134 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11135 ;; When done with the overlays:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11136 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11137 ;; Or respectively:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11138 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11140 ** Changes in syntax parsing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11141
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11142 *** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11143 `parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11144 obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11145 `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11146
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11147 If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11148 is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11149 used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11150
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11151 When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11152 character in the buffer is calculated thus:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11153
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11154 a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11155 is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11157 Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11158 syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11159 a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11161 b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11162 is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11163 (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11164 determine the syntax type of the character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11166 c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11167 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11168
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11169 *** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11170 value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11171 for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11172
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11173 *** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11174 and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11175 only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11176 character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11177 another character with the same code (unless quoted).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11178
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11179 These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11180 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11181
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11182 *** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11183 arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11184 of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11186 *** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11187 (and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11188 element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11189 nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11190 string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11191
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11192 *** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11193 syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11194 `font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11195
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11196 ** Changes in face features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11197
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11198 *** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11199 if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11200
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11201 *** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11202 of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11204 *** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11205 set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11207 *** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11208 set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11209
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11210 *** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11211 by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11212 and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11213 the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11214 overlay property).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11216 This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11217 arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11218
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11219 ** Changes in file-handling functions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11220
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11221 *** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11222 directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11223 they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11224 is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11225
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11226 This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11227 begins with ~.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11228
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11229 *** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11230 it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11231
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11232 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11233 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11234
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11235 *** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11236 as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11237
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11238 *** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11239 character code conversion as well as other things.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11240
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11241 Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11242 (formerly it did not).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11243
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11244 *** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11245 environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11247 *** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11248 instead of constant strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11249
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11250 *** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11251 to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11252 any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11253
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11254 substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11255 in the same way as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11256
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11257 *** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11258 The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11259 which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11260
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11261 *** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11262 error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11263 else, and returns nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11264
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11265 *** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11266 directory cannot be listed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11267
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11268 ** Changes in minibuffer input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11269
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11270 *** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11271 read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11272 additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11273 argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11274 ways:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11275
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11276 It is returned if the user enters empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11277 It is available through the history command M-n.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11279 *** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11280 read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11281 argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11282 minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11283 enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11284
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11285 In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11286 argument in this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11287
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11288 *** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11289 from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11290 minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11291
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11292 ** Echo area features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11293
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11294 *** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11295 echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11296 minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11297 after the echo area is cleared.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11298
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11299 *** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11300 in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11301
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11302 ** Keyboard input features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11303
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11304 *** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11305 set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11306
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11307 *** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11308 received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11309 by keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11310
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11311 ** Frame-related changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11312
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11313 *** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11314 creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11315 hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11316
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11317 *** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11318 the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11319 has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11321 *** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11322 selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11323 value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11324 in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11326 *** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11327 is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11328 which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11329
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11330 ** X Windows features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11331
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11332 *** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11333 x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11334 x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11335
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11336 *** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11337 The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11338
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11339 *** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11340 MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11341 A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11343 If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11344 it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11346 ** Subprocess features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11347
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11348 *** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11349 functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11350 automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11351
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11352 *** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11353 and returns the output from the command as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11354
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11355 *** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11356 and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11357
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11358 ** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11359 does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11360
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11361 ** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11362 at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11363 goes after the other menu items.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11364
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11365 ** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11366 of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11367 around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11368 are in use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11370 The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11371 series of several changes--if that seems safe.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11373 Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11374 after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11375 form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11376
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11377 ** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11378 is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11379 but its hook is still run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11380
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11381 ** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11382 for errors that are handled by condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11384 If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11385 regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11386 useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11387
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11388 This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11389 are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11390 filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11391 warned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11393 ** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11394 way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11395
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11396 ** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11397 integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11398 functions like display-time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11399
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11400 ** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11401 name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11402
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11403 ** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11404 can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11405 is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11406
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11407 ** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11408 if there is an error in compilation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11409
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11410 ** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11411 switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11412 argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11413 they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11415 ** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11416 Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11417 the *scratch* buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11419 ** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11420 The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11421 where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11422 e.g., in Font Lock mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11423
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11424 ** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11425 and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11426 It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11427
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11428 ** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11429 using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11430 variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11431 and compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11433 ** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11434 can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11435 full name of the specified user will be returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11436
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11437 ** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11438 of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11439 where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11440 in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11441 option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11442 files at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11444 ** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11445 and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11446 width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11447 the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11448
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11449 For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11450 minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11451 with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11452 is how %S normally pads to two positions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11453
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11454 ** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11455
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11456 ** imenu.el changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11457
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11458 You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11459 item from menu created by imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11460
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11461 An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11462 #include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11463 select one of those items.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
11464
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
11465 * For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 Copyright information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469
49407
c47a7a3493da *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 49395
diff changeset
11470 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475 thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478 of this document, or of portions of it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479 under the above conditions, provided also that they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480 carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
11481
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 Local variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483 mode: outline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 end: